Home

Mazda MX-5 Owner's Manual

1. Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Puerto Rico C R C R Air filter Others C CIR C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM USA Replace every 96 000 km 60 000 miles Spark plugs Others Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 6 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page343 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 343 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections Brake fluid level I I I I Disc brakes I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages Power steering fluid level I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Manual transmission oil Rear differential oil Driveshaft dust
2. IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 8 13 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page350 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Black plate 350 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel 1 1 1 bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R R Rear differential oil R R Driveshaft dust boots I I I Exhaust system and heat shields I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lu
3. AudioPilot 2 Bose Sound System equipped model AudioPilot 2 automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot 2 is turned on the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page251 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 251 1 Interior Comfort Audio System The system is also equipped to optimally adjust the acoustic characteristics automatically while the roof is open or closed The acoustic adjustment occurs with the lock unlock operation of the top latch on the roof and while the adjustment is being done the audio is muted for about 1 5 sec and then fades in AudioPilot 2 is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 6 30 6 29 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page252 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 252 1 Interior Comfort Audio System V Clock Hour set button Display DISC SEEK TRACK FOLDER gt sEEK TRACK R PLAY CAT v M
4. d Black plate 267 1 6 45 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page268 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System CHp Black plate 268 1 V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player CD slot LOCIS T sus Folder up button CD play button CD eject button Display Repeat button CD AUX Play Pause button SEEK TRACK lt REPLAY DISC FOLDER CAT gt SEEK mack Scan button Track down Reverse button Load button Folder down button Track up Fast forward button Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA CD Music data CD DA player MP3 WMA file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 46 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Text button Random button Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button 4 to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD
5. Black plate 160 1 Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Manual transmission Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transmission Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transmission The starter will not operate unless the clutch is depressed sufficiently Automatic transmission The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel61 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 161 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 6 After starting the engine let it idle for puc Turning the Engine Off NOTE 1 Stop the vehicle completely In
6. Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page249 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 249 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Depending on the mode selected the indication changes Standard audio equipped model RE 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows ALC OFF le Standard audio equipped model V Indication Turn Left Turn Right BASS AL Select mode v Decrease Increase TREE BASS Bux Base V Decrease Increase FHDE T E E E treble treble v n Shift the Shift the sound to the sound to the BRL F H E front rear M Shiftthe Shift the EEEF H E H L sound to the sound to the left right lzHr4bz4Hr BEEF off on 12H 24H lzHr O z24Hr Flashing Flashing Bose Sound System equipped model Bos Sound System equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right RudiePLT OFF K HudioPLT of s M BASS S Wu BASS Decrease Increase Z T Fe E B treble treble TREE Shift the Shift the V F A D E sound to the sound to the FADE front rear Shift the Shift the V E H L sound to the sound to the BAL left right Vv off on BEEP H BEEP a aa r r z
7. 2 30 Supplemental Restraint System Components 2 35 How the SRS Air Bags Work sse 2 36 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria esses 2 40 Limitations to SRS Air Bag sssssssseeeeee 2 41 Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch suse 2 43 Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System 2 47 Monitoring and Maintenance sse 2 51 Some models 2 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel4 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt prete
8. 4 lt la clala zo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible
9. sess page 5 40 5 Pinel Gauge nie RETE BERE EHE RR ERI UEERUIE page 5 40 Dashboard Illumination ccccccccscsseseesssesseseeseseeeesessesesesseeesseeecseeesseeesseeesees page 5 41 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge c cccccccccssessssesessesesseseseesesecsesecseeeeseeecseeecseeesseeeesees page 5 41 5 37 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page194 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Cp Black plate 194 1 Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display and Selector The ignition must be switched ON Each time the selector is pressed the display switches in the order of trip meter A trip meter B the average fuel economy display and the outside temperature display Selector Odometer WW O TRIP mm np eter AA A J Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display 5 38 Odometer TRIP aw A LLLI J Trip meter A Odometer TRIP Fr J Trip meter B Odometer aay mpg 257 Average fuel economy Odometer A o TGF Outside temperature Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B F
10. A CN N es X YN es J eie ecce E Z 365 E g 600 A D eee P pe B 1 DI QD amp O Audio control Switch 2 2 orte Shu aee e eh a page 6 56 2 SRS ait Dags in RR e a a RR ERI EE Ue Hee Rd page 2 30 3 Cruiseicontrol Switch 4 2 ec tpe dp Ree tamem page 5 22 4 Audio System ettet eed p de et e eg page 6 15 Hazard warning flasher switch sss page 5 61 6 Climate control systerm cec tie ee EA ERRE page 6 2 2 Parking Drake a ent npa e EC PATER ERE page 5 7 Seat warmer Switches eei aede nitet ie arati page 2 5 9 Power window switches ereenn na a A E T R page 3 37 MT shift EVT aE deci cin ade eater Ghee ees page 5 11 QO AT shift lever Sport AT eese nnne nnns page 5 14 lID AccessOry sOCket i ep te ete a p m eO rag page 6 83 3 Multi pocket sss 3a ERR Ra ME PG rer ei ee o n eie e eid page 6 81 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel0 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 10 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C o o9 900 060 OW 3 I sn i rod N YE C q2 1 Wind blocker xe ee ett e e ten t ep Ee ned page 6 84 2 Convertible top unlock lever sss enne page 3 47 3 Sat side DOX d ere uon atu e tie e anie page 6 82 4 Remote fuel filler
11. Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A 8 11 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page348 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 348 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel 1 1 1 bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R Rear differential oil R Driveshaft dust boots I I I Exhaust system and heat shields I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the co
12. ccceceseeseeseesseeseeeseeseceeeeseeeeeeseeeeneees 7 29 Some models 7 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page308 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 308 1 In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 7 2 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page309 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Either run flat tires or conventional tires are equipped on your Mazda depending on the specification therefore the procedure for repairing a flat tire differs depending on the type of tire Before driving make sure which type of tire is equipped on your Mazda If you cannot identify your tire type consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V How to identify your tire type Run flat tire A run flat tire has a RFT mark on the side wall Conventional tire A conventional tire does not have a RFT
13. number Channel name Info Category 1 name Song title Artist name N Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 261 1 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Ten characters are displayed on one screen To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again afier the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Channel number display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in info display mode the mode changes to the channel number display mode Channel name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in channel number display mode it changes to channel name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the channel name The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the channel name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press and hold the text button TEXT while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the l
14. Convertible top s handles 3 46 Cp Black plate 110 1 7 Continue to move the convertible top rearward while pressing the rear glass lightly with your hand 8 After the convertible top has been folded down press the back end of the folded down convertible top until a click sound is heard then the front end Lightly rock the retracted convertible top to make sure it is securely locked 9 Raise the windblocker if it is needed NOTE The windblocker reduces the amount of wind coming into the cabin from behind when driving with the convertible top opened Refer to Windblocker on page 6 84 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagelll Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM V Raising the Convertible Top 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Fully open the left and right windows 3 Turn off the engine 4 Pull the unlock lever outward to disengage the lock Unlock lever 5 Standing outside of the vehicle hold the convertible top along the center edge and pull it towards the vehicle front Center edge Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 111 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE To raise the convertible top from inside the vehicle use the convertible top s handles Convertible top s _ handles 6 Sitting in a seat grasp the convertible top s handles and press the convertible top against the windshie
15. 5 46 Tire pressure monitoring System acier aee 5 48 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page455 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 455 1 Index W Warranty eese 9 14 Washer Fluid sss 8 23 Weights nece te eti ee 10 5 Wheel Replacement 8 33 Windblocker essss 6 84 Windows Power windows sss 3 37 Windshield Washer 5 60 Windshield Wipers 5 59 Blades replacement 8 25 Winter Driving eeeeeee 4 9 11 7 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page456 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 456 1 11 8 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
16. ssssseeteteeee 3 72 Steering Wheel and Mirrors eere ee eee eee eene enne rn nennen 3 74 Steeriig Wheel 2 etcetera eg td 3 74 MiIITOIS onn ennt ERR 3 74 Some models 3 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page66 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 66 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enable the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 Locking unlocking the doors and opening the trunk lid without operating the key Starting the engine without operating the key Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3 15 The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Trunk Panic button e Locking unlocking the doors Opening the trunk lid Opening the power windows Turning on the alarm Locking unlocking the doors opening the trunk lid or starting the engine using the auxiliary key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find the
17. Black plate 290 1 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System V Phone book usage Phone book registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Pager for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page291 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXKX Ex 555 1234 Say the phone number to be registered 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Phone number registration Is this correct 16 Say
18. Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Cup Holder Multi Pocket A WARNING Multi pockets are on the inside of the doors Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be A CAUTION Multi pocket thrown around the vehicle causing Do not use the multi pochets for interference with the driver and the containers without caps The possibility of an accident Only usea contents may spill when the door is cup holder for cups or drink cans opened or closed A CAUTION To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use To open the cup holder lid press the switch rearward and slide the lid open Switch 6 81 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page304 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Storage Compartments AWARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving
19. M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once To shift up to a higher gear with the steering shift switches tap either of the UP switches toward you once with your fingers UP switches 5 17 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel74 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers or thumbs on the steering shift switches Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous If the driver s air bag were to deploy in a collision your hands could be impacted causing injury NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking However this does not indicate an abnormality When depressing the accelerator fully the transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Except M2 MI Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once 5 18 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 174 1 To shift down to a lower gear with the steering shift switches press either of the DOWN switches away fro
20. To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance V Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection C Black plate 395 1 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container A CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments Y Cleaning the Floor Mats Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with mil
21. You may notice that the pedal 1s harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 22 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel 5 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that yo brakes may not work at all or ur that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one wheel
22. gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system gt Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness A Black plate 357 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap it is recommended to use Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 21 H MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page358 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Brake Clutch Fluid V Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept at MAX The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake and clutch linings If it is excessively low have the brake clutch system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 22 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 358 1 V Adding Brake Clutch Fluid A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in
23. 2 17 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page30 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 30 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the passenger seat with the air bag system activated If a small child or infant in the passenger seat particularly a child secured in a rear facing child restraint system 1t is critically important that you consciously deactivate the passenger air bag and not simply rely on the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light being turned on at all times In a collision the force of an air bag slamming the child restraint system rearwards could result in death to the child even if the child is pr
24. 3 Prompt Dialing V Emergency calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 Prompt Calling 911 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an incoming call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 67 6 69 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page292 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Y Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted V Transferring a call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a mobile phone 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between mobile phones can be switched to the Bluetooth Hands Free system Pr
25. A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel53 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 153 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle 4 11 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel54 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 154 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a
26. A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature V Glove Compartment To open the glove compartment pull the latch toward you Insert the key auxiliary key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Advanced key equipped vehicle Q Unlock To close the glove compartment firmly press in the center of the glove compartment lid 6 82 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 304 1 Y Seat Side Box To open pull the release catch Insert the key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Y Back Trim Storage Box Small items can be stored in the back trim storage box To use the back trim storage box 1 To use the desired storage box slide the seat in front of it all the way forward Refer to Seat Slide on page 2 2 2 Fold the seatback forward all the way down Refer to Seat Recline on page 2 3 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page305 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 305 1 3 If your vehicle has a lid pull the latch to open When finished return the seat to its original position and secure it After Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Accessory Socket Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Only use genuine Mazda acces
27. Black plate 115 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Before opening or closing the hardtop stop in a safe place off the right of way and park on a level surface When opening the hardtop make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away by the wind Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the hardtop down To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartment stays dry close the hardtop securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle Do not drive through an automatic car wash as it may damage the hardtop Do not open or close the hardtop forcefully when the ambient temperature is low and the hardtop or the surrounding area is frozen as it could damage the hardtop Opening the hardtop while it is wet can also cause water to drip into the passenger compartment Do not open or close the hardtop in a strong wind as it could damage the hardtop V Operation Indicator Light em When illuminated This notifies the driver that the hardtop is only partially open When flashing This indicates that the hardtop is being open closed During button operation When not illuminated This indicates that the hardtop is open closed fully NOTE If the operation indicator light flashes quickly there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Operation Conditions If the following conditions have been satis
28. FOLDER REPLAY CAT id Power Volume Sound Controls sse page 6 26 jd q page 6 30 Operating the Radio esee aee eet ties tes page 6 32 Operating the Satellite Radio sse page 6 34 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player sss page 6 46 Operating the In Dash CD Changer sese page 6 50 Operating the Auxiliary Jack essere page 6 54 Error Indications deest ete e E e er e e ei s page 6 55 6 25 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page248 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls ZN emam JT smus lt Black plate 248 1 A Ga OMMA Mea SEEK TRACK lt R PLAY FOLDER Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 26 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
29. If the passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions SEU AUD EGA Passenger air bag Passenger front and side Passenger seat belt passenger occupant BI Ria ee a q deactivation indicator light air bags pretensioner system classification system Empty Not occupied Off Deactivated Deactivated Child or child restraint On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready If the passenger air bag has been deactivated using the key the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light will remain illuminated as long you leave the passenger air bag turned off and the chart above no longer applies Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Ifthe passenger seat belt is buckled the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction 2 Ifa larger child sits on the passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending on the child s physique 3 Ifa smaller adult sits on the passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending on the person s physique If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illumin
30. MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel01 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed C Black plate 101 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Power Windows Type A Normal opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Passenger s window Driver s window XN b3 Auto opening To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down To stop the window partway lightly pull up the switch and then release it 3 37 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel02 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Driver s Side Power Window Type B Normal opening closing To open the window to the desired position
31. Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 65 1 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ss Advanced Keys sssssseeetete teet Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions Operation Using Advanced Key Functions Advanced Key Suspend Function cccesceeseeseeeeeteeseeenees Warning and Beep Sounds sse Setting Change Function Customization sss When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Doors and Locks e 3 23 Keys without Advanced Key cccescesseeseeeeeteeeeeeeeseeenees 3 23 Keyless Entry System with Retractable Type Key 3 24 Door Locks iona enan ee ete teneis 3 30 MPU Lid oret RR ea tip 3 33 Inside Trunk Release Lever eene 3 35 Power WIndows atkos e eene nennt 3 37 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap seen 3 40 hnnc EE 3 41 Convertible Top Soft Top ssssssees 3 44 Convertible Top Power Retractable Hardtop 3 49 Security System eerie ee eee eese essen seen sens etn senso eesi issan riy 3 64 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key 3 64 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 3 68 Theft Deterrent System
32. Shifting specification Shifting up If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted up to a higher gear CHp Gear Vehicle speed Between 0 and 18 km h 0 and 11 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed MI M2 Between 22 and 32 km h 13 and 19 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed M2 M3 M3 M4 Between 40 and 48 km h 25 and 29 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed M4 M5 Between 50 and 68 km h 31 and 42 mph depending on how much the accelerator pedal is depressed M5 M6 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 175 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to protect the transmission Gear Vehicle speed M5 gt M4 164 km h 102 mph M4 gt M3 117 km h 72 mph M35 M2 80 km h 49 mph M2 MI 35 km h 21 mph NOTE Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest gear indicated above achieving this speed may not actually be possible depending on various driving conditions such as the wind upslope and road surface During deceleration the gears shift down automatically when speed is reduced to the following Gear Vehicle
33. Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Under the following conditions the A WARNING KEY warning light ted will flash Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY continuously when the start knob has warning light illuminated not been returned to the OFF LOCK If the KEY warning light remains position to notify the driver that the illuminated do not continue to drive advanced key has been removed from using the advanced key system Park the vehicle It will stop flashing when the vehicle in a safe place and use the advanced key is back inside the the auxiliary key to continue driving vehicle the vehicle Have the vehicle The start knob has not been returned inspected at an Authorized Mazda to the OFF LOCK position the Dealer as soon as possible driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the When flashing vehicle Under the following conditions the The start knob has not been returned KEY warning light red flashes to to the OFF LOCK position and all inform the driver that the start knob the doors are closed after removing will not rotate to the ACC position the advanced key from the vehicle even if it is pushed in from the OFF LOCK position 2E The flashing KEY warning light red and the beep sound operate simultaneously page The advanced key battery 1s dead The advanced key is not within 3 22 operational range The advanced key is placed in areas KEY Indicator Light Green where it i
34. While carrying another advanced key push in the start knob until the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster illuminates Insert the auxiliary key and switch the ignition ON Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page83 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Qqp Black plate 83 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Warning and Beep Sounds WV System Malfunction Warning Beep If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 VW Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep If the ignition is switched to ACC and the driver s door is opened a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the ignition has not been switched off In this case the keyless entry system does not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery will run down V Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a beep sound will be heard and the KEY wa
35. A Black plate 41 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 29 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page42 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 42 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include up to 4 air bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations The steering wheel hub driver air bag The passenger dashboard passenger air bag The outboard sides of the seatbacks side air bags 2 The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as roll over or rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body a
36. Beep Yes 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the procedure proceeds to Step 20 20 Prompt Returning to main menu Making calls using the phone book Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance For the phone book setting method refer to page 6 70 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phone book 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phone book C Black plate 291 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Redialing function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial
37. Fuel tank 48 0 L 12 7 US gal 10 6 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges V Dimensions Item Vehicle specification With license plate holder 4 032 mm 158 7 in Overall length z 5 Without license plate holder 4 013 mm 158 0 in Overall width 1 720 mm 67 7 in Soft top 1 245 mm 49 0 in Overall height Hardtop 1 255 mm 49 4 in Front tread 1 490 mm 58 7 in Rear tread 1 495 mm 58 9 in Wheelbase 2 330 mm 91 7 in V Weights Manual transmission Weight Item Without power retractable With power retractable hardtop hardtop GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 396 kg 3 078 Ibs 1 416 kg 3 122 Ibs Front 714 kg 1 574 Ib 714 kg 1 574 Ib GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Ion gd s gd s Rear 682 kg 1 504 Ibs 7702 kg 1 548 Ibs 10 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page446 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Specifications Automatic transmission Black plate 446 1 Weight Item Without power retractable With power retractable hardtop hardtop GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 396 kg 3 078 lbs 1 416 kg 3 122 Ibs Front 714 kg 1 574 Ibs 7114 kg 1 574 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 693 kg 1 528 Ibs 702 kg 1 548 Ibs V Air Conditioner Item
38. NOTE Remove the front bumper cover completely and store it so as not to lose it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench 7 27 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page334 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 334 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Front Rear Lug wrench A CAUTION If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet Front 7 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page335 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 335 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transmission is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 26 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 27 and carefully follow the instructions 7 29 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page336 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 336 1 7 30 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page337 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 337 1 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Ienlidijiu LT 8 2 nttO
39. Some leather treatment products can ruin the convertible top s gloss Be careful of the one you choose Test on an inconspicuous small corner of the convertible top if you are not sure Do not get any car wax on the convertible top If you do remove it with a good leather cleaner gt Too much treatment on the convertible top can be as damaging as too little Follow the manufacturer s directions Do not overdo it Let the convertible top dry completely before lowering after applying treatment or dressing Y Hardtop Maintenance Washing To help protect the hardtop s finish use a soft cloth or sponge to wash it Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if they are not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles A CAUTION Don t use an automatic car wash Don t use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and don t wash the hardtop in direct sunlight or when the surface is warm A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page393 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Thoroughly rinse with lukewarm or cold water Don t allow soap to dry on the finish Waxing Wax the hardtop when water no longer beads on the paint Always wash and dry it before waxing CAUTION gt Wiping off dust or dirt with a dry cloth will scratch the finish
40. gt Don t use abrasive wax This may damage the protective coating and discolor or deteriorate the paint NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas V Plastic Part Maintenance When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately d Black plate 393 1 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air
41. mark on the side wall Form No 8CC1 EA 11F B Black plate 309 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Vehicle with run flat tires A WARNING Have the tires checked or perform the appropriate repair as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer When the flat tire warning light illuminates or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident When the flat tire warning light illuminates or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If a run flat tire is punctured the FLAT TIRE warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster and a beep sound is heard for about 30 seconds FLAT TIRE Until the flat tire is changed the beep sound is heard for about 30 seconds every time the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Vehicles with run flat tires can be driven even with a punctured tire under the following conditions Some models 7 3 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page310 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Maximum vehicle speed with a punctured run flat tire 80 km h 49 mph Maximum driving distance with a punctured run flat tire 80 km 49 miles A CAUTION The maximum driving distance may be shorter depen
42. restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 16 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 28 1 Seat Belt Warning Light The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened only when the front passenger seat is occupied when the ignition is switched ON MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page29 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Seat Belt Reminder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt reminder Though the belt reminder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt reminder If the vehicle is driven with the driver or front passenger s seat belt unfastened the seat belt warning light illuminates and a warning chime sounds If the driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened only when the front
43. Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law S 61 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page218 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls HomeLink Wireless Control System NOTE HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Johnson Controls The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand held transmitters with a single built in component in the auto dimming mirror Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto dimming mirror activates garage doors gates and other devices surrounding your home Indicator light Ama pores m button 5 62 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 218 1 A WARNING Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1 1982 Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death For further information contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or www homelink com or your Authorized Mazda Dealer Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before progr
44. Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis V WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system V OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This 1s not a technician s manual Y SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 44 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page441 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 441 1 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers sssssssssssssscssscscccsccssssesesesssccesenesees 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels sssseeee 10 2 Specifications eee eee eee eee eese essen sensn tne tn setas Essens 10 4 Specifications i eee e etre E 10 4 Personalization Features ssssscccssssssccccsscssssssssssesssssscesecssees 10 8 Personalization Features 0 ccccccccssccessccccessecessseecesseeesseeeees 10 8 10 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page442 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard
45. If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Depending on the surrounding conditions such as large trees build ings or tunnels and special weather conditions SIRIUS radio reception may be diminished or temporarily interrupted Improve reception by moving away from possible obstructions If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer ACQUIRING Satellite radio antenna Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and ANTENNA FAIL alfmcti n DLP antenna connector If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues CD15 imiserted up ide down to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication CD is defective continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is replaced with a new unit cancel the license for the broken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units DLP Down Link Processor SATELLITE RADIO Module 6 55 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page278 Monday July 18 2011 10
46. Interior Comfort Audio System Y Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X 6 58 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 280 1 AUX Mode Auxiliary input You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers A commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable is required Auxiliary jack AWARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page281 Monday Jul
47. July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A CAUTION Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily Doing so could result in the following The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal p Black plate 163 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transmission or in 1st gear or R manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transmission or to 1st gear or R manu
48. Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing the fuses on the vehicle s left side If the electrical system does not work first inspect the fuses on the vehicle s left side 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the cover x A P Do E MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page381 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 3 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the inside of the engine compartment fuse block cover 4 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown a gU UU Normal Blown 5 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the MIRROR or CIGAR circuit CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system Form No 8CC1 EA 11F o Black plate 381 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these s
49. Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips WV Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns Avoid locked wheel brahing Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the rear tires Do not use chains on the front tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Secure the chains on the rear tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions 2 Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 km 14 1 2 mile 4 10 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 152 1 Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected
50. Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 312 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Jack To secure the jack To remove the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing back and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it NS oS Yer UN ENS 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction T shown in the figure Te SS tm Turn the knob and remove the cover 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Wing bolt 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Maintenance Always keep the jack clean Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page313 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Cp Black plate 313 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit included with your Mazda is for a temporary repair of a slightly damaged flat tire resulting from running over nails or similar sharp objects on the road surface NOTE Your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire In the event of a flat tire use the emergency flat tire repair kit to repair the tire temporarily When doing the repair refer
51. NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when Noother CD is inserted within 15 seconds after IN is displayed The CD trays are full Ejecting the CD Normal ejection 1 Press the CD eject button 4 The disc number and DISC OUT will be displayed 2 Pull out the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 273 1 Interior Comfort Audio System 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard 3 Pull out the CD Multiple ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Pull out the CD then the next CD will be ejected NOTE CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously CDs can be ejected when the ignition is switched off Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flas
52. Suddenly opening a door is dangerous A passing vehicle or a pedestrian could be hit and cause an accident V Locking Unlocking with Key Either door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock V Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 V Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page95 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM lt V Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 V Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside press the door lock knob To unlock pull it outward This does not operate the other door locks ae Unlock ae Black plate 95 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To lock any door with the door lock knob from the outside press the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks Door
53. The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range Switch the ignition to ACC while pushing the start knob in 3 13 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page78 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda lt Black plate 78 1 o Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 9 Switch the ignition from ACC to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 10 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE n extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning the engine off 1 Move the shift lever to the P position Automatic transmission 2 Switch the ignition from ON to ACC NOTE When the engine is turned off and the ignition is switched from ACC to OFF LOCK the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument clus
54. U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 UAE l Approved by TRA 3 66 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel31 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM V Operation Arming lt The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF Th
55. Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 48 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and
56. and 539 SIRI Flashes alternately A Black plate 259 1 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel When a selected channel is not broadcasting SR bank number INVALID is displayed for one second followed by SR bank number CHANNEL which is also displayed for one second The display then returns to the previous valid channel NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed Preset channel programming Programming with channel number display 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number channel number 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the channel number flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and a beep sound is heard at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 6 37 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page260 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Programming with text display e g channel name 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number se
57. d Black plate 318 1 NOTE When checking the tire inflation pressure with the tire pressure gauge on the compressor unit make sure the compressor switch is turned off 21 If the tire inflation pressure remains stable the tire repair is complete Drive the vehicle with care to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the tire replaced A CAUTION Atire that has been temporarily repaired with the tire sealant cannot be reused Mazda recommends replacing the tire with a new one The wheel can be reused after any sealant adhering to it is wiped off and carefully inspected However replace the tire valve with a new one V Inspecting the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit Inspect the emergency tire repair kit at regular intervals Check the tire sealant period of effective use Check the operation of the tire compressor NOTE The tire sealant has a period of effective use Check the period of effective use indicated on the bottle label and do not use it if it has expired Have the tire sealant replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer before the period of effective use has expired Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page319 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Changing a Tire A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone No person should place
58. lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Auto opening To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down To stop the window partway lightly pull up the switch and then release it 3 38 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 102 1 V Operating the Passenger Power Window Type B To open the window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position pull up the switch Y Opening the Power Windows from Outside Both power windows can be opened from outside the vehicle after the doors are closed NOTE The power windows cannot be opened from outside the vehicle under the following condition A door or the trunk lid is opened The key is inserted into the ignition switch With advanced key The ignition is in any position except OFF MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel03 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM lt Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car we have introduced a way to get a head start on cooling it even before you put your seat belts on and insert your key in the ignition If you see the vehicle is in a secure area you can open the both windows as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you even step into the hot vehicle A WARNING Use the auto window function only when you can see the vehicle and it i
59. off and the ignition is switched off If the advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light on the transmitter flashes momentarily V Locking Unlocking the Doors with Request Switch Both doors can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on a door while the advanced key is being carried A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page73 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 73 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System To lock Passenger door request switch To lock the doors press the request To unlock the doors press the request switch A beep sound will be heard once switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash and the hazard warning lights will flash once twice NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if both the doors are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock both doors press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two
60. off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies 7 26 CHp Black plate 332 1 A CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed forward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transmission CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page333 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Tiedown Hooks A CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged V Tiedown Hooks 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet lug wrench and jack lever from the trunk page 7 5 2 Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth to prevent damage to a painted bumper and open the cap located on the front or rear bumper Front Type A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 333 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing CAUTION gt Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface gt The rear bumper cover cannot be removed completely Attempting to forcefully remove the rear bumper cover could result in it being damaged
61. such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played SO 9660 level 1 ISO 9660 level 2 Joliet extended format Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions 6 20 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 242 1 This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP31 MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats About folders and files The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arra
62. such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Y DSC OFF Indicator Light Ld ec OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is replaced the DSC will be inoperable In this case the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and the TCS DSC indicator light illuminates To make the DSC operable do the following procedure with the battery connected 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Turn the steering clockwise fully then turn it counterclockwise fully 3 Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off 4 Switch the ignition off then switch the ignition to ON again 5 Make sure the TCS DSC indicator light turns off If the TCS DSC indicator light and the DSC OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 53 Some models 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page210 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda d Black plate 210 1 Warning Indic
63. system Climate Control System eere eee eee eene etes en etna tn nenne 6 2 Operating Tips en ROSARII ee SL ES 6 2 Vent Operations 3 satu r Nee een he 6 3 Types of the Climate Control System sss 6 5 Manual Type o oet ciam tete tactus ute ott 6 6 ESCUDO 6 10 Audio System eee eee eee eese essent n tensa senses essen seen sensns suu 6 14 VESD nna sioe e ed e OR ER epa ce Pe tetas daaseare 6 14 Operating Tips for Audio System ssssssssss 6 15 Audio Sets eee Hen e ve ede 6 25 Audio Control Switch Operation 6 56 AUX Mode Auxiliary input sse 6 58 Safety Certification oae en neiee testate 6 60 Bluetooth Hands Free eere eee eese eene eee eene eene etna etna 6 61 Bluetooth Hands Free sse 6 61 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation sess 6 64 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System 6 68 Hands Free Telephone Setting sss 6 73 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used 6 78 Safety Certification essere 6 78 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service 6 79 Interior Equipment e eeeeeeee eee enint nete tns etn sensa tuno 6 80 SUDVISOIS 5 tte icem etn eife 6 80 Interior Lights eec yt ete eh 6 80 Cup Holder 4 eed dete Rep 6 81 Muilti Pocket eee et erede 6 81
64. travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception 7 Ionosphere FM wave AM wave FM wave i an 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct 6 16 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 238 1 Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page239 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signal
65. 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 9 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page406 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 406 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps WV Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system 9 e Log on at www Mazd
66. 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 1 1 or higher Response profile HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 0 DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 GBluetooth Some models 6 61 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page284 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the mobile telephone automatically Ifthe mobile telephone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the mobile telephone V Component parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following items Voice Recognition Hands Free switch nformation display Microphone Audio unit Voice Recognition Hands Free switch Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hanging up using the voice recognition hands free switch on the steering wheel VOL z Voice recognition hands free switch 6 62 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 284 1 Voice Recognition Han
67. 48 kbps Samplin 44 1kHz 32 48 Bequenc Bitrate 64 80 96 128 160 quency 192 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbp VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Monaural Title artist name A tag album name CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction Ina WMA file the track name artist name and album name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc 6 23 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page246 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM MEMO Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 246 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page247 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 247 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Set CD player f In Dash CD Changer Al emam sms J co Laux raus jn MPa DISC SEEK TRACK
68. 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 408 1 Distributor in Each Area V CANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario LAB 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada V PUERTO RICO U S Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 00936 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico V GUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 WSAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page409 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 409 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 VY AMERICAN SAMOA Polynesia Motors Inc P O Box 1120 Pago Pago American Samoa 96799 TEL 684 699 9347 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page410 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 410 1 Customer Information an
69. 7 AM The driver and passenger seats can be warmed by rotating the applicable seat warmer dial while the ignition is switched ON The seat temperature increases as the number on the dial increases When the seat warmers are not in use rotate the seat warmer dials to 0 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 17 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A WARNING gt Be careful when using the seat warmer The heat from the seat warmer may be too hot for some people as indicated below and could cause a low temperature burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine gt Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It ma
70. 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page264 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Master code input determination 5 Determine the master code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 6 PIN CLEARED appears which indicates that the master code input has been completed 7 The ID code is set to the default 0000 and the initialization process is completed NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 NOTE When a numeric value other than the master code is input and the scan button SCAN is pressed SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to the SRI display again fan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for inputting the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Change of ID code Setting condition SAT mode 6 42 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cp Black plate 264 1 When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after
71. 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable When the ignition is switched off When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off When the CD being played is ejected and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free CD em VOL Voice recognition hands free switch 6 56 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 278 1 d NOTE The voice recognition hands free switch is operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority V Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch Ss A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page279 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM V Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio FM2 radio AM radio CD player or CD changer SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 gt SIRIUS3 AUX cyclical With the SIRIUS digital satellit
72. A label indicating that your vehicle is The hazard warning lights will flash twice equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is to indicate that the system is turned off in the glove compartment NOTE Mazda recommends that you affix it to the The trunk lid can be opened with the key or the lowctaet comer ofa ront door window transmitter even when the system is armed The alarm will not come on and the system will remain armed V To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods Unlock a door with the key Open the trunk lid with the key Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the keyless entry system transmitter With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the transmitter 3 73 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page138 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Tilt Steering Wheel To change the angle of the steering wheel stop the vehicle pull the tilt wheel release lever under the steering column down adjust the w
73. AM Black plate 50 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Y Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 47 If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident 2 38 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page51 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black
74. Ignition switch positions As there is no traditional key some of the ignition switch functions are different The engraved mark on the actual vehicle may read OFF or LOCK depending on the type of ignition system OFF LOCK Knob Released The power supply to electrical devices is turned off OFF LOCK Knob Depressed The ignition can be switched to ACC when the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transmission or in 1st gear or R manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transmission or to 1st gear or R manual transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the ignition switch is difficult move the steering wheel left and right Automatic transmission The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF LOCK when the shift lever is not in P ACC Accessory In th
75. Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 25 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page422 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 422 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are t
76. MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly After FOLDER RDM is displayed RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly After DISC RDM is displayed D RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback Music CD Disc number Track number Elapsed time Track name Album name eJ Artist name A Black plate 275 1 Interior Comfort Audio System MP3 WMA CD Disc number File number Elapsed time Disc number Folder number File number File name wr jJ A Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly D
77. Overview Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir WS lt D SS 5 Washer fluid reservoir Fuse block Battery Air filter Cooling system cap Power steering fluid cap Engine coolant reservoir 8 17 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page354 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A Black plate 354 1 Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 18 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization
78. The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter 3 26 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 90 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page91 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 91 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Transmitter Maintenance 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly When replacing the battery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and or water Never deform or crush 3 Insert a screwdriver in
79. This plate can easily be seen through the windshield 10 2 Cp Black plate 442 1 WV Chassis Number Y Vehicle Emission Control Information Label P V Tire Pressure Label p By Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page443 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 443 1 Identification Numbers V Engine Number Forward 10 3 H Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page444 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Specifications Black plate 444 1 A Specifications V Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 16V in line 4 cylinder BorexStroke 87 5 x 83 1 mm 3 44 x 3 27 in Displacement 1 999 ml 1 999 cc 122 0 cu in Compression ratio 10 8 V Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 36AH 5HR Spark plug number NGK ILTR6A13G Spark plug gap 1 25 1 35 mm 0 049 0 053 in A CAUTION When cleaning the iridium plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged VW Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8 18 API Service GL 4 or GL 5 Any temperature 5 speed SAE 75W 90 ission transmission API Servi GL 4 or GL 5 Manual transmission Above 10 C 50 F ervice or oil SAE 80W 90 m API Service GL 4 or GL 5 6 sp
80. Turn off the engine and inspect the engine oil level page 8 19 If it s low add oil 2 Start the engine 3 If the needle still doesn t move have your vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Don t run the engine if the oil pressure is low It could result in extensive engine damage Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Dashboard Illumination When the exterior lights are on rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination NOTE This symbol indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination 5 41 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page198 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM i Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights Black plate 198 1 Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 44 BRAKE Malfunction Warning Light 5 44 Charging System Warning Light 5 46 E Check Engine Light 5 46 s ABS Warning Light 5 45 os A t Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 46 e Low Fuel Warning Light 5 47 5 42 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page199 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 199 1 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator L
81. V THe 4 bz4Hrm Flashing Flashing lzHr 4b z24Hr 6 27 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page250 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Depending on the type of audio unit the order in which the functions appear differs About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC Standard audio equipped model The automatic level control ALC is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases Select the desired ALC mode lt Mode Volume change ALC OFF nochange ALC LEVELI wi ALC LEUELZ ALC LEUEL S ALC LEWEL 4 Medium ALC LEVELS ALC LEJELG ALC LEVEL Maximum 6 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 250 1 Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 7 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALE OFF wy A ALC LEUEL 1 A ALC LEVEL ww ALC LEUEL 3 ALC LEWEL4 ALC LEVELS 2 ALC LEUELE A ALC LEVEL
82. a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call In order to file a claam with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you are seeking BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by B
83. accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Do not increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat is dangerous The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat could result in the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system The seat is washed Liquids are spilled on the seat The passenger seat is moved backward and it is pushed into luggage or other items placed behind it Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console Any accessories which might increase the total seated weig
84. an inflating side air bag could cause serious injury or death to the person Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle when they do they are more at risk in the passenger s seat that has a side air bag because they may slump over into the path of the seatback mounted air bag Furthermore leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection Because the side air bag deploys from the outboard shoulder of the seat do not allow the child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 21 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page34 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 34 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Always use a child restraint system designed for use without a tether Using a child restraint system that requires a tether is dangerous Your Mazda does not have a child restraint tether The child restraint system cannot be properly secured In a collision it could move and
85. and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 OW 20 Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol Mexico For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page355 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Except U S A and CANADA Mexico ILSAC Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil If SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available in your market use SAE 5W 30 engine oil The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 355 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully E RS Full VE 2 e Say 5 Pull it out again and examine
86. and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 50 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 386 1 V Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge
87. and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 3 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel6 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury Y Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down 2 4 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 16 1 Non Adjustable Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with non adjustable head restraints on the driver s and front passenger s seatbacks The non adjustable head restraints consist of a trimmed foam covering over the upper structure of the seatbacks and are intended to help protect you and the front passenger from neck injury Adjust the seatbacks to their upright on road positions so that the head restraint is positioned as close as possible to the back of your head A WARNING Make sure the seatbacks are properly adjusted to their upright on road positions before the vehicle is driven Driving with the seatbacks not adjusted properly is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel7 Monday July 18 2011 10
88. any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jach Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jach Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors NOTE Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 35 d Black plate 319 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack and tool page 7 5 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the tire to be changed When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to h
89. atu bte et aes page 3 30 4 Outside mittob tet ede WR e ee HD page 3 74 b TICS cet etia Re er en ed e en e Ee EE e i RR ERA page 8 30 6 Light bulbs iet e EORR ER ieee page 8 36 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel3 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 13 1 Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Seats aen e EE AEAEE E NER NR A A Nr Non Adjustable Head Restraints sss Seat Warner t c es e aate ge rH ate tna eM Seat Belt Systems eese e eee eee eee eene sensns enses eins enaenu 2 7 Seat Belt Precautions esee 2 7 Seat Belt rettet t e Re Ee tenet 2 11 Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 13 Seat Belt Extender 4c te RR TREE GER 2 15 Seat Belt Warning Light sssssssssssseeeeee 2 16 Seat Belt Reminder nee Ree ate 2 17 Child Restraint mb 2 18 Child Restraint Precautions c cceseeseeeseeseeeeeeeeseeeseeeenseees 2 18 Child Restraint System Installation Position 2 23 Installing a Child Restraint System sss 2 24 LATCH Child Restraint System sess 2 27 DRAN WAIDIM 2 30 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions
90. bag deactivation switch turned to the ON position page 2 43 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not deployed the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer after any collision p Black plate 25 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 11 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretens
91. be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging A WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the amp position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident 6 12 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cp Black plate 234 1 V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Set the mode selector dial to the AUTO position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air position indicator light turned off 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the AUTO position 5 Turn on the air conditioner To turn off the system set the fan control dial to OFF NOTE Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate To prevent cool air blowing from the vents when heating right after starting the engine the amount of airflow is reduced until the air warms up Turn the mode selector dial to an OPEN MODE position for maximum comfort wh
92. button NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows Refer to Opening the Power Windows from Outside page 3 38 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors press the lock button To confirm that both doors have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound A Black plate 89 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Doors can be locked by pressing the lock button while a door is open However the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that both doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if both the doors are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 Both doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch Confirm that both doors are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button To unlock both doors press the unlock button again within 3 seconds NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that both doors a
93. carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous If inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death D Black plate 97 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Opening and Closing the Trunk Lid A WARNING Close the trunk lid and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car or the trunk unlocked Opening the trunk lid with the key Insert the key into the slot and turn it clockwise po m d Pu Pagi St 3 33 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page98 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Do not open the trunk while the power retractable hardtop is opening closing The power retractable hardtop and trunk lid mechanisms could be damaged Opening the trunk lid with the request Switch with advanced
94. check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 33 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page190 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 Vehicles with Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit If an emergency tire repair is needed repair the punctured tire with the emergency fla
95. compressor switch off and remove the compressor hose from the tire valve 7 11 AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page318 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 18 Install the tire valve cap 19 Put the emergency flat tire repair kit in the trunk and continue driving A CAUTION Drive carefully to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and keep the vehicle speed below 80 km h 50 mph Ifthe vehicle is driven 80 km h so mph or higher the vehicle might begin to vibrate NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the tire is not properly inflated the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will illuminate page 5 32 20 After driving the vehicle for 10 minutes or 5 km 3 miles check the tire pressure with the tire pressure gauge equipped with the compressor If the tire pressure has fallen below the correct tire pressure inflate the tire to the correct pressure again following the steps from number 15 A CAUTION gt If the tire inflation pressure falls below 130 kPa 1 3 kgf cm or bar 18 9 psi repair cannot be done with the repair kit Park the vehicle on a level surface off the right of way and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt If the tire inflation pressure continues to remain low after repeating steps 14 to 21 park the vehicle on a level surface off the right of way and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 12 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
96. compressor switch on and inflate the tire carefully to the correct inflation pressure Form No 8CC1 EA 11F o Black plate 317 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Never operate the compressor above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi Operating the compressor above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi is dangerous When the inflation pressure rises above 300 kPa 3 1 kgf cm 3 bar 43 5 psi heated air will be exhausted from the bach of the compressor and you could be burned CAUTION If the compressor operates slowly or becomes hot it indicates overheating Turn the compressor off immediately and leave it turned off for 30 minutes or longer NOTE Check the tire inflation pressure label driver s door frame for the correct tire inflation pressure Do not use the compressor for longer than 10 minutes because using the compressor for long periods could damage it If the tire does not inflate repair of the tire may not be possible If the tire does not reach the correct inflation pressure within a 10 minute period it probably has received more extensive damage When this happens the emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be used to repair the tire Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Ifthe tire has been over inflated loosen the screw cap on the compressor and bleed some of the air out 17 When the tire has been inflated to the proper inflation pressure turn the
97. condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator EX e 4 T L NN 1 New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 23 9 33 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page430 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 430 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A WV Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicl
98. desired language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phone book French selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Mobile telephone programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free a mobile phone equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 287 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile telephones can be programmed to the vehicle NOTE A mobile telephone can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone is about 10 meters 32 fi if a mobile telephone is placed within a 10 meter 32 fi radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another telephone is being programmed 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the mobile tel
99. done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transmission damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transmission will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence Temporary use of the direct mode is possible Refer to Direct Mode on page 5 20 M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever or steering shift switches Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 16 S 15 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel72 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transmission shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This optimizes engine performance and improves driving comfort When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transmission in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after e
100. for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles 8 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page341 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 341 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Maibtehum e Deva Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Manual transmission oil R Rear differential oil R Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance o
101. get the best service from a battery Keep it securely mounted Keep the top clean and dry Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda Ifthe vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables 8 29 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page366 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 7 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda 8 30 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 366 1 V Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflat
102. h 29 mph 44 km h 27 mph 4to5 61 km h 38 mph 56 km h 35 mph 5 to 6 68 km h 42 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 5 13 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel70 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 170 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transmission Controls Various Lockouts Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON gt Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transmission giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transmission to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transmission functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mod
103. if you are too ben Ih Ehe e d 3 overned close to the windows door handles Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 3 7 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page72 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda D Black plate 72 1 Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Opening the trunk lid The operational range for opening the trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the trunk lid Exterior transmitter C3 Operational range Starting the engine The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area Interior transmitter G 2 o C3 Operational range Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE The trunk is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard Inthe storage compartments such as the glove box On the rear parcel shelf Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and driven away while the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is turned
104. indicator light illuminates When an infant or small child is seated on the passenger seat the system shuts off the passenger air bag so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 LATCH Child Restraint System We have installed lower LATCH anchor points for LATCH style junior seats and infant carriers that work without tethers only Any other child restraint system that has an upper tether cannot be used in this vehicle because there is no tether anchor A child restraint system with a tether cannot be properly mounted in this vehicle unless the child restraint manufacturer provides instructions on mounting the child restraint system with only seat belts in automatic locking mode Even then without a tether the child restraint system may move forward more easily in seat belts further degrading the safety provided if you were to put the child restraint in a tether anchor equipped rear seat of another vehicle The seat and head restraint is designed for maximum adult space utilization in this vehicle Do not try to secure the tether to something else in the vehicle as too much slack will result and the serious risk of injury or death to the child Use the seat belts to properly secure the non tethered child restraint systems other than the LATCH junior seats and non tethered infant carriers Turn off the passenger air bag deactivation switch To expose and use the
105. is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal ABS system operation Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 165 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle however it does not indicate a malfunction V ABS Warning Light ws The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON 5 9 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel66 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Star
106. is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window in the seats Furthermore sleeping up against the door or hanging out the driver side window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection Give the side air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants 2 32 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page45 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 45 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Never use seat covers on the seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your seats free to depl
107. is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 4 4 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel47 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 147 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine Before Getting In After Getting In Be sure the windows outside mirrors Are all doors closed and locked and outside lights are clean Is the seat adjusted properly Inspect inflation pressures and Are the inside and outside mirrors condition of tires adjusted Look under the vehicle for any sign of Is the steering wheel adjusted properly fluid leaks Is each occupant s seat belt fastened e If you plan to back up make sure Check all gauges nothing is in your way Check all warning lights when the ignition is switched ON SUUM Release the parking brake and make Engine oil engine coolant brake clutch fluid sure the brake warning light goes off washer fluid and other fluid levels should be Always be thoroughly familiar with your inspected See Maintenance Section 8 Mazda NOTE e 4 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel148 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special brea
108. key The trunk lid can be opened by operating the request switch on the trunk lid while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with advanced key The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with retractable type ke The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 Opening the trunk lid with the remote release button Push the release button ute ELB E aK 3 34 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 98 1 NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid Closing the trunk lid Use both hands to push the trunk lid down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is secure WV Remote Trunk Lid Release Lock Out The remote release may be canceled using the trunk lid release lock out button to prevent anyone in the vehicle from opening the trunk NOTE You cannot prevent another person from getting access to your trunk if you give the person your key The switch is mo
109. key Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous In an accident the passenger will not be properly protected Serious injuries or even death could occur To avoid unintentional deactivation always use the same key to operate the passenger air bag deactivation switch and the ignition switch that way you will not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key clockwise until the key points to OFF 2 Remove the key 3 Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light remains illuminated when the ignition 1s switched ON NOTE With advanced key After operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key 2 45 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page58 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 58 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags The passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system will remain deactivated until the passenger air bag deactivation switch is turned to the ON position V To Ready the Passenger Air Bag Before driving always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch 1s in the appropriate position according to your requirements 1 Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key counterclockwise until the key points to ON 2 Rem
110. lock knob NOTE When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside With retractable type key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside if the key is in the ignition switch Y Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle Both doors will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door open Some models 3 31 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page96 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks With retractable type key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch both doors will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door open Locking unlocking with ke Both doors lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key Both doors unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks both doors To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn t
111. manual is important page 2 27 2 7 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page20 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 20 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a dama
112. mode shift the lever from M to D Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel73 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE Ifyou change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to MI f you change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 5th gear the gear will shift to M4 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 6th gear the gear will shift to M5 Indicators Manual shift mode indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates M Shift position x1000r min indicator pis D amp NOTE If the gears cannot be shified down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down to protect the transmission CHp Black plate 173 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Shifting You can shift gears up and down by operating the shift lever or the steering shift switches NOTE Ifthe steering shift switches on both sides left and right are operated simultaneously the gear will shift once The gear will not shift if the UP switch and DOWN switch are operated simultaneously Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3
113. not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling 6 84 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 306 1 Windblocker This windblocker reduces rear wind blast into the cabin when driving with the convertible top down To use the windblocker lift it upright MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page307 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 307 1 In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency e eeeeeeeee eere seen en ee tnn etos tnatnen 7 2 Parking in an Emergency sse 7 2 Iur 7 3 Habl m M PI ER E IE 7 3 Tool Storage cete d BRE rds 7 5 Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kil ood nas ue den etritupu a EE qa aiu 7 7 Changing a Tite i eese epe e ets 7 13 Overheating 7 19 Overheating ed RO C Ee 7 19 Emergency Starting s s cs ccsesssesesassssesevessassoascesecsbecoveasestosteensencs 7 21 Starting a Flooded Engine 0 ccccecceeseesseeeeseeeseeteeeseeteeneeees 7 21 Jump Starting eee etre reete eR RERE 7 22 PushsStar mng epe eee 7 25 Emergency Towing 4 eeeeeeee creen eene een eene enne tnn sense tna snae 7 26 Towing Description essere 7 26 Tiedown Hooks eer tarte pe e interea 7 27 Recreational Towing
114. not using the cruise control is dangerous as you may hit one of the other buttons and put the vehicle in cruise control unexpectedly This could result in loss of vehicle control V To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON OFF switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph N Black plate 179 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 Press down the cruise control SET switch and release it at the desired speed Release the accelerator simultaneously RES Cruise control SET switch Do not continue to hold the switch Until you release it the speed will continue to decrease unless you continue to accelerate and you will miss the desired speed NOTE Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below 30 km h 19 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade 5 23 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page180 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up the cruise control RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want RES Cruise control SET switch You
115. number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed Would you like to call this number edit another entry or say cancel to return to main menu Phone book data deletion Erasing individual phone book data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say List names or say cancel to return to main menu 6 71 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page294 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phone book 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXxX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted returning to main menu Complete
116. on the passenger seat changes The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the passenger seat receives a severe impact You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key page 2 43 and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates slide the passenger seat as far back as possible V Driver and Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 50 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page63 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 63 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance V Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system e e oe o eo 6 0 6 9 6 Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Seat belt pretensioner system warning light Seat belt pretensioners Related wiring Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Front passenger air bag deactivation
117. one year Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine otherwise you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the battery is completely dead Refer to KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key on page 5 50 If this occurs you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need to start the engine immediately Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 20 Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle 3 4 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page69 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM lt V Advanced Key Maintenance A CAUTION Make sure the battery is installed with the correct pole facing upward Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly When replacing the battery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced Replace only with the same type battery CR2025 or equivalent Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions In
118. plate 51 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death 2 39 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page52 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 52 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collision SRS equipment f i A ti lih peat belt X both sides pretensioner Driver air g ba X No air bag and front seat g belt pretensioner will be Passenger air x activated in a rear collision bag Side air 1g bag X impact side only X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision The passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the passenger seat or the status of the passenger air bag deactivation switch 2 40 Som
119. screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 167 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manual Transmission Operation WV Manual Transmission Shift Pattern 5 speed transmission 135 2 4 R Neutral position 6 speed transmission R135 2 4 6 Neutral position The vehicle is equipped with either a 5 speed or 6 speed manual transmission The shift pattern for each is shown above Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting then release it slowly 5 speed transmission A safety feature prevents accidental shifting from 5 to R reverse The shift lever must be put in neutral before being shifted to R 5 11 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel68 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 6 speed transmission Vehicles with 6 speed transmission are equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R reverse by mistake Push the shift lever downward and shift to R A WARNING Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set
120. slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor Your passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the passenger sensing system As a result the passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor C Black plate 15 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position
121. snow or ice adheres to the brake equipment If this situation occurs drive the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal p Black plate 151 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips V Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires Your vehicle is originally equipped with summer tires designed for optimum traction on wet and dry roads If your vehicle is to be used on snow and ice covered roads Mazda recommends that you replace the tires originally equipped on your vehicle with snow tires during the winter months A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 34 4 9 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel52
122. some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transmission or to 1st gear or R manual transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the key is difficult move the steering wheel left and right Leaving the key or start knob in any position but the OF F LOCK position also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down 5 3 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel60 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate ON This 1s the normal running position after the engine is started Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 42 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key It then returns to the ON position V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition 1s switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened 5 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
123. speed M6 M5 47 km h 29 mph M5 M4 38 km h 23 mph M4 gt M3 20 km h 12 mph M35 M2 15 km h 9 mph M2 MI 12 km h 7 mph NOTE The gear does not shift down to M1 automatically while in the second gear fixed mode S 19 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel76 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds or lower the gears shift down automatically Gear Vehicle speed M6 gt M5 190 km h 118 mph M6 gt M4 125 km h 77 mph M5 gt M4 125 km h 77 mph M5 gt M3 78 km h 48 mph M4 M3 78 km h 48 mph M4 gt M2 50 km h 31 mph M3 gt M2 50 km h 31 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 53 km h 33 mph MA to M5 59 km h 37 mph M5 to M6 78 km h 49 mph For cruising Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 22 km h 14 mph M2 to M3 27 km h 17 mph M3 to M4 41 km h 26 mph MA to M5 56 km h 35 mph M5 to M6 64 km h 40 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolong
124. state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 10 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page347 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM WV Schedule 2 d Black plate 347 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Interval Mon ths Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first x1000 km ENGINE Drive belts Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system Engine coolant Engine coolant level e at first 190 000 km or 10 60 000 km or 3 years years after that every FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Fuel lines and hoses Hoses and tubes for emission Fuel filter IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights Pitter els
125. the hardtop opens completely NOTE When the open switch is pressed a beep sound is heard The hardtop keeps opening and the operation indicator light flashes while the open switch is pressed If the switch is released while the hardtop is opening the hardtop stops opening If the switch is pressed again the hardtop resumes opening 8 The deck opens p De NOTE If the windows are closed the windows automatically open partially when the deck opens MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell7 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM 9 The hardtop opens 11 The deck closes NOTE When the operation is finished a beep sound is heard and the operation indicator light turns off Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cqp Black plate 117 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Closing the Power Retractable Hardtop Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Neutral 3 Apply the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed 4 Start the Engine NOTE Do not open close the hardtop with the engine stopped Otherwise the vehicle s battery power could be depleted 5 Press and hold the close button until the hardtop closes completely NOTE When the close switch is pressed a beep sound is heard The hardtop keeps closing
126. the auxiliary key in the ignition switch 5 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 158 1 V Ignition Switch Positions The engraved mark on the actual vehicle may read OFF or LOCK depending on the type of ignition system OFF LOCK The power supply to electrical devices is turned off Only in this position can the key be removed Manual Transmission Vehicle eon ACC LOCK Push the key AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page159 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Automatic Transmission Vehicle C p Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 159 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked with steering lock mechanism Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur For vehicles equipped with the advanced key the steering wheel locks when the starter knob is turned to the OFF LOCK position Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transmission or in 1st gear or R manual transmission It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable
127. the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 Black plate 168 1 CAUTION gt Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears Also do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage gt Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the gear lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear which can result in damage to the transmission gt Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transmission NOTE If shifting to R is difficult shift back into neutral release the clutch pedal and try again V Recommendations for Shifting Upshiftin For normal acceleration we recommend these shift points Gear A een 1 to2 24 km h 15 mph 23 km h 14 mph 2 to3 42 km h 26 mph 37 km h 23 mph 3 to4 55 km h 34 mph 50 km h 31 mph 4to5 66 km h 41 mph 56 km h 35 mph 5 to 6 66 km h 41 mph MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel69 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM A Black plate 169 1 For cruising par DE Picacho 1 to2 15 km h 9 mph 18 km h 11 mph 2 to 3 29 km h 18 mph 32 km h 20 mph 3 to4 47 km
128. the request switch and remove the advanced key An advanced key removed from the trunk may not function because its functions may have been temporarily suspended To restore the advanced key function perform the applicable procedure page 3 18 V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an advanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and both doors are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedure to restore the functions of the advanced key page 3 18 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page85 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM j Black plate 85 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Setting Change Function Customization The following function settings are possible These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the driver is in the operational range both doors are locked automatically after about 30 seconds Setting Function At Initial Setting d Change Advanced key battery KEY indicator light green flashes to indicate s dead indicator that the advanced key battery power is low Activated Deactiyated Lock unlock operation A beep sound is heard to confirm that both doors con
129. the seat belt will cause an indicator with the words REPLACE BELT visible on it to be pulled out of the sleeve below the caution label This indicates that THE SEAT BELT MUST BE REPLACED Also note that if at any time the seat belt has undergone stress because of an accident or other reason damage to the seat belt s webbing metal fittings or anchor bolt may have occurred even though nothing appears to be wrong with the seat belt For this reason we recommend that the seat belt be replaced after it has undergone stress whether or not the indicator has been pulled out Caution Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page25 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners In moderate or severe frontal or near frontal accidents the air bag and pretensioner systems deploy simultaneously The seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and front seat belt pretensioners have deployed they must be replaced In addition the pretensioner system for the passenger like the passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat page 2 47 or when the passenger air
130. the selector L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about 1 minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Outside temperature display This mode displays the outside temperature Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE Temperature unit change function To change the outside temperature display from Fahrenheit F to Centigrade C press and hold the selector for several seconds while the outside temperature is displayed Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions Significantly cold or hot temperatures Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds V Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm Manual Transmission 5 6 x1000r min 7 QN Red zone Some models 5 39 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page196 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda A Black plate 196 1 Instrument Cluster and Indicators Automatic Transmission Red zone 7 5 x1000r min CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage V Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant E H
131. them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 24 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 36 1 Before installing a child restraint system make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminated by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 1 Make sure to remove articles from behind the passenger seat that would prevent the seat from sliding back fully and then slide the seat as far back as possible 2 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 3 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page37 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 37 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat
132. tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage 8 57 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page394 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Interior Care Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor the dashboard If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling V Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry in a well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible 8 58 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 394 1 NOTE Because genuine leather is a natural material its surface is no
133. when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge o Black plate 241 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direc
134. which could result in a serious accident V Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the A CAUTION release handle to unlock the hood Make sure the fuel filler cap is tightened securely The check engine light may illuminate when the cap is not tightened securely If the light remains on even after you have tightened the cap securely driven and restarted the engine several times it may indicate a different problem Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Release handle ___ 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening slide the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel06 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks o2 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the support rod hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open V Closing the Hood A WARNING Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 3 42 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 106 1 1 Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose it
135. with the operation and location of the inside trunk release lever so that all children can be told about it in an appropriate way keeping in mind that most vehicles do not have such levers 3 35 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page100 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Close the trunk lid and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car or the trunk unlocked 3 36 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 100 1 V Opening the Trunk Lid from the Inside Slide the inside trunk release lever in the direction of the arrow The lever is made of material that will glow for hours in the darkness of the trunk following a brief exposure to ambient light The inside trunk release lever is located on the inside of the trunk end trim
136. 1 6 1 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page8 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 8 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A OG OOO D Door lock knob 2 DSC OEE Switch inc stir ER RN e ERE enon page 5 27 3 Passenger air bag deactivation switch sess page 2 43 4 Lighting conttol 2 ette bn medie eie ies page 5 56 Turn and lane change signal cccccccscssescesseseesceseeceeseeseecsecseeseesecseesessesaeeeees page 5 58 Dashboard illumination knob sss page 5 41 CP ilnstrument cluster 5 nib ticae ni e n d hp n pn page 5 37 Wiper and washer lever seii uei te Ne rH page 5 59 GO Tgnition SWIGD uicit teet e tt e Pe e vei epe iain page 5 2 Tilt wheel release levet iret eere EA ER page 3 74 Hood release handle 23 5 o nnn enduteen E ote td page 3 41 2 Trunk release button insect nente eet et nsn page 3 33 3 Outside mirror Switch aoo e et e OP EUR Te ED RD IHRER d page 3 74 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page9 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 9 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B o o G9 TUB L
137. 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE e After the bolt is clear of the hole keep the Allen wrench level while pulling it out with the bolt attached so as to prevent the bolt from hitting the vehicle and dropping Bring the removed bolt to an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you drop the bolt in the vehicle by mistake contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer aN Tighten the eyebolt by turning it clockwise 5 more times Eyebolt 7 Unscrew the eyebolt now by turning it counterclockwise 8 Insert the threaded end of the eyebolt through the guide Eyebolt Guide 3 58 C Black plate 122 1 9 Press the eyebolt against the sector gear Eyebolt Sector gear 10 Press and rotate the sector gear rearward to release the lock Eyebolt Sector gear A CAUTION When releasing the sector gear lock using the eyebolt make sure the eyebolt remains centered as you push it against the sector gear lock If the eyebolt slips it could cause your hand to veer and hit the vehicle resulting in minor scrapes or bruises 1 Pull out the eyebolt from the guide when the lock is released 12 Do the same procedure on the other side Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page123 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM 13 Lift up the deck using two adults one on each side of the vehicle and open the deck completely CAUTION gt Lift the deck using tw
138. 1F Edition2 Page82 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 82 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key A d Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 30 Opening the trunk lid The trunk lid can be opened using the auxiliary key refer to Opening and Closing the Trunk Lid page 3 33 A CAUTION Do not open the trunk while the power retractable hardtop is opening closing The power retractable hardtop and trunk lid mechanisms could be damaged Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 3 18 Advanced Key Suspend Function If one key is left in the vehicle or trunk and the second key is used to lock the vehicle the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle or the trunk are temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable e Starting the engine using the start knob Operating the request switches To restore these functions perform any one of the following Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key which has had its functions suspended
139. 2 say Dial 123 4567 then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped p Black plate 289 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Receiving an incoming call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the phone button to answer 2 To accept the call press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press To reject the call press the voice recognition hands free switch with a long press Voice recognition hands free switch Y Hanging up a call Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the call with a long press A beep sound will confirm that call is ended 6 67 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page290 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Volume adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Y Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions p Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Say Beep Help Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions 6 68 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p
140. 2 Page187 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 187 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfun
141. 3 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual Engine coolant page 8 20 Engine oil page 8 18 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page352 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 352 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehic
142. 4 Hood release 3 41 CQ etse ete edat 8 18 Overheating sss 7 19 Starting escenas 5 4 Engine Compartment Overview 8 17 Engine Coolant Overheating sss 7 19 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge eh PER EE RETE 5 40 Exhaust Gas ees ugs eene 4 4 Exterior Care esu eee ne 8 52 F Flasher Hazard warning 5 61 Headlights sus 5 56 11 3 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page452 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Index F Plat Dues oe RE 7 3 Clhianging oot eee 7 13 Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kt edangR bu IRE 7 7 Tool storage essssss 7 5 Fluids Classification sess 10 4 Owner maintenance 8 15 Fog Lights eese 5 58 Foot Brake nee 5 6 Fuel Filler lid and cap 3 40 EE M 5 40 Requirements sss 4 2 Tank capacity ssssss 10 5 rn c d 8 44 Panel description 8 47 Replacement sss 8 44 G Glove BOX iie eee 6 82 H Hazard Warning Flasher 5 61 Hazardous Driving usss 4 7 Headlights Control editos 5 56 Flashing nme 5 57 High low beam 5 57 On reminder sssss 5 57 HomeLink Wireless Control System ete ERR EET 5 62 Hood Release ssss
143. 46 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Flat tire repair kit if installed Inspect annually Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Manual transmission oil Rear differential oil Driveshaft dust boots Exhaust system and heat shields Bolts and nuts on chassis and body All locks and hinges L Washer fluid level I Hl me ata 4 m a x etre ata 4 Cale w Helo ata 4 n n a x Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to
144. 5 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 385 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Driver s side DESCRIPTION A PAM PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 ACC 7 5A Audio system Power control mirror 2 AUX PWR 15A Accessory Socket 3 METER 15A Instrument cluster 4 SEAT WARM 20A Seat warmer 5 ILLUMI 7 5A Illumination 6 A C 75A Air conditioner 7 ENGINE 7 5A Engine control system For protection of various circuits 8 EE EE 9 M DEF 10 AUDIO 20A Audio system 11 D LOCK 20A Power door lock 12 SILEN 13 14 15 16 Some models 8 49 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page386 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated
145. A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page201 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM CHp Black plate 201 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the malfunction warning light illuminated Driving the vehicle with the light illuminated is dangerous as it could result in the loss of brake power and cause an accident In addition loss of brake power could occur when stopping the vehicle Have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V ABS Warning Light es The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components
146. BB AUTO LINE You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 9 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page401 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 401 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 7 California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that 1f Mazda or its representative is unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Mazda may be required to replace or repurchase the vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties 1f within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following occurs The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written warranty that substantially impairs the use valu
147. BEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND H9R 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page405 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 405 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps WSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER WSTEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash
148. Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off after installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 2 25 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page38 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull th
149. Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a V Light Bulbs Exterior light Categor Light bulb une Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 65 H9 Headlights Halogen 55 H7 H7 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights Parking lights 28 8 7444NA Fog lights 55 H11 H11 Front side marker lights 5 High mount brake light LED Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W Brake lights Taillights 21 5 W21 SW 7443 Reverse lights 18 WI6W 921 License plate lights 5 WSW 4CP Rear side marker lights LED LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Light bulb Wattage Overhead light 10 Trunk light 8 10 6 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page447 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM V Tires NOTE D Black plate 447 1 Specifications The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 30 Standard tire Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear 205 50R16 87V 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi 205 45R17 84W 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi 205 45RF17 84W 200 kPa 29 psi 200 kPa 29 psi V Fuses
150. Dealer 3 63 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page128 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized advanced key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the advanced key including auxiliary key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key Getthe key wet Expose the key to any hind of magnetic field Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 64 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 128 1 CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt A key ring rests on the auxiliary key
151. Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 32 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 188 1 A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lea
152. E If the language setting is changed phone registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page287 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt French Desired language selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep French Say the
153. E The keyless entry system is designed to NOTE operate up to about 2 5 m 8 fi from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the Trunk button o Panic button The unlock button can be used to open the power windows Refer to Opening the Power Windows from Outside page 3 38 auxiliary key is in the ignition switch The operation indicator light flashes when With the start knob installed in the OFF the buttons are pressed LOCK position the system is fully operational If the ignition is not switched Lock button off or the start knob is pushed in the system To lock the doors press the lock button A does not operate beep sound will be heard once and the Both doors cannot be locked by pressing hazard warning lights will flash once the lock button while either door is open The hazard warning lights will also not To confirm that both doors have been flash locked press the lock button again within With power retractable hardtop 5 seconds If they are closed and locked The trunk lid cannot be operated remotely if the horn will sound the power retractable hardtop is not fully opened or fully closed NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that both doors are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard
154. EAR NOMBREDEPLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib wt E ME ees SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS A FROID MODA ERONT P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi Gliva VOIR LE MANUEL ARRERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE DE SECA rs T125 70D15 420 kPa 60psi DISSE SUE V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 7 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 29 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page426 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 426 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A WARNIN
155. G Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of contro and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them V Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure nA A W N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to
156. IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 UAE l Approved by TRA 3 70 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page135 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM p Black plate 135 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE Ifthe security indicator light illuminates and stays on or flashes when the ignition is switched ON the engine will not start Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tri
157. Keyless Entry and Start System Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 04 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RLVMASKO08 1121 UAE Approved by TRA 3 17 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 1
158. M Interior Comfort Audio System Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size 6 22 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 244 1 Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and t
159. MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 22 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page419 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 419 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below 1 TIN U S DOT tire identification number 2 Passenger car tire 3 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 4 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 5 Radial 6 Run flat tire 7 Rim diameter code 8 Load index amp speed symbol 9 Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and materials used 9 23 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page420 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 420 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load ind
160. MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 1 1 loom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Loom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page2 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 2 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page3 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 3 1 A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About Th
161. Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Low Fuel Warning Light in gt F Low fuel warning light i Pd This warning light signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Seat Belt Warning Light The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened only when the front passenger seat is occupied when the ignition is switched ON V Door Ajar Warning Light m AUN Uu This warning light illuminates when any door is not securely closed Close the door securely before driving the vehicle V Automatic Transmission Warning Light AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition 1s switched ON The light illuminates when the transmission has a problem A CAUTION If the automatic transmission warning light illuminates the transmission has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transmission Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 5 47 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page204 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda lt A Black plate 204 1
162. OTE To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them t e t OFF Switch Position OFF e E Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 56 Some models AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page213 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM p Black plate 213 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 19 overrides the lights on reminder V Headligh
163. Owner Maintenance 2 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then partially peel back the mudguard 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 8 40 Cp Black plate 376 1 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure NOTE Replacing front passenger side lamp bulb Turn the socket and bulb assembly screw counterclockwise 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page377 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Front turn signal lights Parking lights 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the right and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the left N Make sure the turn signal switch is off o2 Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remove the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 377 1 Main
164. P 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 8 V STEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario LAB 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN UJ Purchase date Present odometer reading ON tA A Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 6 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page403 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 403 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most c
165. Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories 9 19 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page416 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black
166. Refer to Fuses on page 8 44 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 10 7 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page448 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 448 1 Personalization Features Personalization Features The following Personalization Features are available These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings The advanced key s remaining battery level warning light in the instrument cluster can be Activated Deactivated deactivated Advancedikevicss The beep sound which is heard when entry y locking unlocking both doors or the trunk lid Activated Deactivated can be deactivated The function to automatically lock the doors when leaving the vehicle while carrying the key Deactivated Activated can be activated When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2 When the autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them before leaving vehicle 10 8 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page449 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 449 1 P i T Index Form No 8CC1 EA 1 pO MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page450 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Index A Accessory Socket sss 6 83 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES eeesseeeee 9 19 Advanced Key ssssssssssss 3 2 Adva
167. Storage Compartments sess nennen 6 82 Accessory Sockets 025 sek ee Dee 6 83 Windblocker secodre eierne ia a a e Ea 6 84 Some models 6 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page224 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips V Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency V Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air V Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system 6 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 224 1 V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated V Check the Refri
168. UX of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches NOTE Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the volume switch ofthe audio control switch e Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur 6 59 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page282 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 282 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
169. a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page205 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM D Black plate 205 1 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification page 10 7 A CAUTION charts When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to che
170. aMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa de Morelos Tel Customer Assistance 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 9 10 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page407 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 407 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Year and model of vehicle Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s W N 9 11 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page408 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Importer Distributor WV U S A Mazda North American Operations 7155 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222
171. ables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Discharged battery Booster battery 7 23 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page330 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 1 Remove the rubber hose from the battery cover 2 Remove the battery cover from its right side D V 3 Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle don t allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles 7 24 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 330 1 5 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration If the battery cov
172. act the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 22 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page329 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 329 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting fr Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect c
173. afety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 38 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page435 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 435 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE E DATE GVWRIPNBV CO LB ITI KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV C110 LB COO KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR CLO LB CLL KG ITHIAVEC I TIRESIPNEVS WITHIAVEC TIRESIPNEVS RIMS JANTES RIMS JANTES O KPA PSI COLD A FROID KPA LT PSI COLD A FROID VINO TYPE MI BAR CODE UM J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer wi
174. again 5 Make sure the TCS DSC indicator light turns off If the TCS DSC indicator light and the DSC OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt d Black plate 184 1 Y DSC OFF Switch Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the TCS DSC The DSC OFF indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn the TCS DSC back on The DSC OFF indicator light will go out MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel85 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS part of the DSC system will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS DSC If the TCS DSC is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON Leaving the TCS DSC on will provide the best stability When the TCS DSC is off the TCS DSC does not activate but the brake LSD Limited Slip Differentials function remains If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and held for a second or more the TCS DSC system may become inoperative due to the system detecting a switch problem If the TCS DSC s
175. ags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications DEM Technical information about your Mazda Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page6 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 6 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page7 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 7 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior Overview sc ccccescscsscssnscsccncsseeesecoosoccsscovescesescouedccncessoessoeevace 1 2 Interior Equipment View A sese 1 2 Interior Equipment View B sss 1 3 Interior Equipment View C essere 1 4 Exterior Overview sisisiesesscsissscssasecesssesescocdsesosod essssssodocssecaeseceuseesecs 1 5 HOn a DEI EE 1 5 Re ted aet bere ma iere v NEN
176. aint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 4 Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off after installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page41 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM A WARNING Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 43 D
177. al device NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 15 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the mobile phone 16 Input the 4 digit pairing code set in Step 9 to the mobile telephone 17 Prompt Please say the name of the phone after the beep 18 Say Beep XXXX Speak a phone tag an arbitrary name for the phone Example Stan s phone 6 66 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 288 1 NOTE Speak a programmed phone tag within 10 seconds If more than two mobile telephones are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar phone tag 19 Prompt Adding XXXXXX Ex Stan s phone Phone tag Is this correct 20 Say Beep Yes 21 Prompt Assign a priority for this phone between 1 and 7 where 1 is the phone used most often 22 Say Beep 1 Speak a number of the desired priority from 1 to 7 NOTE Normally 1 is to be input Highest priority If more than two mobile telephones are registered input the priority order from 1 to 7 23 Prompt XXXXXX Ex Stan s phone Phone tag set to priority X Priority number Is this correct 24 Say Beep Yes 25 Prompt Pairing complete After a mobile telephone is registered the system automatically identifies the phone By pressing the voice r
178. al transmission is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 9 regarding parking brake use MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel64 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in a stationary position Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards then press the release button While holding the button lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position 5 8 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 164 1 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Brake system warning T Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way
179. amming or during operation of the HomeLink system Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit A CAUTION HomeLink has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page219 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE FCC ID NZLOBIHL3 CANADA 4112A OBIHL3 This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected V Pre programming the HomeLink System NOTE It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program Disconnect the power to the device V Programming the HomeLink System A CAUTION When programmi
180. and the operation indicator light flashes while the close switch is pressed If the switch is released while the hardtop is closing the hardtop stops closing If the switch is pressed again the hardtop resumes closing 3 53 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell8 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 118 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 6 The deck opens 8 The hardtop closes NOTE If the windows are closed the windows automatically open partially when the deck opens 7 The hardtop comes out from under the deck NOTE When the operation is finished a beep sound is heard and the operation indicator light illuminates The power windows cannot be closed automatically 3 54 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell9 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM 10 Move the top latch slowly to make sure the anchor engages with the striker then rotate the top latch to the lock position until a click sound is heard Striker CAUTION Driving with the hardtop not fully locked could damage the hardtop If the red indicator is visible on the lock release button the hardtop is not locked After locking the hardtop verify that the red indicator is not visible Locked position Unlocked position Red indicator amp 2 d Black plate 119 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE The operation ind
181. and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page387 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM V Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cep Black plate 387 1 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 ft In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the cha
182. ange to a rapidly blinking light contact HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 for assistance 5 63 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page220 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming steps 6 8 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 6 Atthe garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer NOTE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 8 8 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling c
183. anged over in the order shown below Highest category All categories gt Lowest category NOTE While all categories are selected all channels covering a category can be accessed Category off condition Channel selection within a category If you are in a selected category and the channel number is displayed turning the manual tuning dial moves the channel number up down in that category Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel Up Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Channel Down NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use manual tuning dial for this function AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page261 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval NOTE Unsubscribed channels invalid channels and parental lock channels are not subject to the scan therefore these channels will be skipped automatically Youcan scan all channels while all categories are selected If you are in a selected category you can only scan the channels in that category Channel number channel name category artist song titles and info display Each time the text button TEXT is pressed during SIRIUS reception the display of the text data is changed over in the order shown below
184. ansmission Operation Recommendations for shifting Mesh Pocket ssssssssss Mirrors Outside mirrors sssse Rearview mirror sss Multi Pocket sees O Odometer and Trip Meter Outside Mirrors esse Outside Temperature Display Overhead Lights ssss Overheating asupan Overloading ssssssssss P Paint Damage sssse Parking Brake sess Parking in an Emergency Personalization Features Power Door Locks Power Retractable Hardtop Power Steering sss Elid inse aeneus Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Money Saving Suggestions lt o Black plate 453 1 Index P Power Windows sssr 3 37 Push Starting sss 7 25 R Rear Window Defroster 5 60 Rearview Mirror 3 75 Recreational Towing 7 29 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country vacate dai necp Sand 9 18 Rocking the Vehicle 4 8 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 42 Seat Belt System 3 point type sssssess 2 11 Automatic locking 2 10 Caution label ssse 2 12 Emergency locking 2 9 Exten
185. are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances 5 45 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page202 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda A Black plate 202 1 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly V Check Engine Light EA This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engi
186. ases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction 1s the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc V Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed w
187. asher does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 23 If it s normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 60 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 216 1 Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fog and thin ice from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster the indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn it off A CAUTION Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page217 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 217 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher To sound the horn press the kc mark on The hazard warning lights should always the steering wheel be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on
188. ate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key page 2 43 and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 48 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page61 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 61 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items placed under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat and center console that push up the passenger seat bottom The passenger seat occupant sits in a manner such that the occupant s entire weight is not placed on the seat sitting too close to the door Any
189. ator Lights and Beep Sounds V Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set V Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 58 When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 61 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 54 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Beep Sounds V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page 2 17 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound
190. aw If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction 1s more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers 9 3 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page400 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 400 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance V California Customers I Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs If you have a problem arising under
191. ay July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 363 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling es Always wear eye protection when worhing near the battery Worhing without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the shin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the batter
192. ble Top Power Retractable Hardtop 3 49 Soft ToD eee 3 44 Cruise Control sssssss 5 22 Cup Holder o unen 6 81 Customer Assistance sess D Dashboard Illumination 5 41 Daytime Running Lights 5 57 Defroster Rear window sesssss 5 60 Dimensions sse 10 5 Door Locks eee 3 30 Driving In Flooded Area 4 10 Driving on Uneven Road 4 12 Driving Tips ccceceeseeseeseeeseeeeeeeees Automatic transmission 5 21 Break in period Driving in flooded area 4 10 Driving on uneven road 4 12 Hazardous driving Money saving suggestions Rocking the vehicle Winter driving sss Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 451 1 Index D Dynamic Stability Control DSC 5 27 DSC OFF indicator light 5 28 DSC OFF switch 5 28 TCS DSC Indicator light 5 27 E Emergency Starting 7 21 Flooded engine 7 21 Jump starting sss 7 22 Push starting ssssss 7 25 Emergency Towing 7 26 Emission Control System 4 3 Engine Coolant 2 e eed 8 20 Exhaust gas sess 4
193. boots Bolts and nuts on chassis and body Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges EJE Ee Bey E Bi be G pb bk Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page344 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 344 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materia
194. bricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 14 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page351 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 351 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible V When Refueling Brake and clutch fluid level page 8 22 Engine coolant level page 8 20 Engine oil level page 8 19 Washer fluid level page 8 23 V At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 30 V At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall Power steering fluid level page 8 2
195. call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code 6 77 B MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page300 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions The mobile telephone is outside of the communication area The mobile telephone has a malfunction The mobile telephone is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The mobile telephone battery is weak The mobile telephone is turned off The mobile telephone is placed where radio reception is difficult e e e e 6 78 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 300 1 Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC07 IC 279B MBLUEC07 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority t
196. cator light will illuminate OFF button Indicator light ON button MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel41 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 141 1 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor Light sensor g e For information regarding the 3 buttons A gt A on the auto dimming mirror refer to HomeLink Wireless Control System page 5 62 3 77 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel42 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 142 1 3 78 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel43 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 143 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions eeeeeeeeeeenne 4 2 Fuel Requiremerits nee RENE RR qe 4 2 Emission Control System sse 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide sss 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Getting In eese After Getting In 3e qe d eR RETE Driving nas 4 6 Break In Period 5 2 2 ente pp orte Meeks 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions sss 4 6 Hazardous Driving cccecceseeeeseesseeseeeeceseeeeeeseeeess
197. ce around and put the child in danger A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system does not rely on an upper tether and then properly secure those non tethered seats according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed
198. ches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives A CAUTION Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint To prevent damaging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance e Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page389 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Hp Black plate 389 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediatel
199. ck and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 49 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page206 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda A Black plate 206 1 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 Vehicles with Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit If an emergency tire repair is
200. conditions occur The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate for a specified period of time when the ignition is switched ON The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not remain on when the ignition is switched ON and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position The passenger air bag deactivation indicator remains on when the ignition is switched ON and the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position 2 44 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page57 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 57 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V To Deactivate the Passenger Air Bag Before driving always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch 1s in the appropriate position according to your requirements A WARNING Do not leave the key in the front passenger air bag deactivation switch With advanced key Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous In an accident the passenger will not be properly protected Serious injuries or even death could occur To avoid unintentional deactivation always use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key currently being used to operate the passenger air bag deactivation switch After deactivating the air bag put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key That way you will not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch Without advanced
201. ction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 31 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page188 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM
202. d speed 4 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch 5 Adjust the fan control dial and temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort CAUTION When using the air conditioner while driving up long hills or in heavy traffic closely monitor the temperature gauge page 5 40 The air conditioner may cause engine overheating If the gauge indicates overheating turn the air conditioner off page 7 19 NOTE e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control dial to the extreme cold position and set the air intake selector to the recirculated air mode then turn the fan control dial fully clockwise f warmer air is desired at floor level set the mode selector dial at the 74 or 4 position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page231 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM V Ventilation 1 Set the mode selector dial to the 7 or position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging 1 Set the mode selector dial to the Sy position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the desired po
203. d Keyless Entry and Start System The ignition has not been switched off The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the ignition is switched to ACC or switched off from ON the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change page 3 21 V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the ignition cannot be switched from off The advanced key battery 1s dead The advanced key is not within operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 3 20 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Advanced Key Left in trunk Warning Beep If the advanced key is left in the trunk compartment with both doors locked and the trunk lid closed a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver the advanced key has been left in the trunk compartment If this happens open the trunk lid by pressing
204. d Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Defect Warranty Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda e e o o e e eo o 9 14 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page411 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 411 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States and Canada Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States its territories and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside these areas You may have these problems if you do Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the
205. d by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page133 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key Form No 8CC1 EA 11F B Black plate 133 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If you lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remainin
206. d soap and water only A WARNING Do not use rubber cleaners such as tire cleaner or tire shine when cleaning rubber floor mats Cleaning the rubber floor mats with rubber cleaning products makes the floor mats slippery This may cause an accident when depressing the accelerator brake or clutch Manual transmission pedal or when getting in or out of the vehicle After removing the floor mats for cleaning always reinstall them securely Refer to Floor Mat on page 4 8 8 59 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page396 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 396 1 8 60 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page397 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 397 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance eese 9 2 Reporting Safety Defects 9 42 Customer Assistance U S A 9 2 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 42 Customer Assistance Canada 9 6 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 43 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 9 Customer Assistance Mexico 9 10 Service Publications ee 9 44 Service Publications 9 44 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 12 Importer Distributor Distributor in Each Area Warranty niaaa Ra 9 14 Warrant
207. d to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page189 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification page 10 7 A CAUTION charts When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 189 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to
208. da has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 162 1 A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel63 Monday
209. ded a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Black plate 27 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender d
210. deletion of the phone book data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phone book 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phone book Do you want to continue 6 72 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 294 1 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phone book 10 Prompt Hands Free system phone book erased returning to main menu Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book The Bluetooth Hands Free system can read out the list of names registered to its phone book Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Li
211. der eee 2 15 Pregnant women 2 9 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 13 Seat belt precautions 2 7 Seat belt reminder 2 17 Warning light ssse 2 16 SEAIS eet dst ce e UR es e eee 2 2 Seat WAarmer tec ates es 2 5 Security System Immobilizer system with advanced key 3 64 Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 68 Theft deterrent system 3 72 Service Publications 9 44 Soft TOP wiki iis ese Sash eee 3 44 Specifications ssssssssssss 10 4 Speedometer ssssssssssss 5 38 11 5 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page454 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Index S Starting the Engine cece 5 4 Steering Wheel 3 74 ODD a tenet 5 61 Storage Compartments 6 82 Back trim storage box 6 82 Glove box nig 6 82 Mesh pocket sssss 6 83 Seat side box sss 6 82 SURDVISOIS etn vedere 6 80 T Tachometer sese 5 39 Theft Deterrent System 3 72 Tiedown Hook i Spice eee 7 27 Tire Information sss 9 23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 30 System error activation 5 34 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light ssss 5 32 Tires and wheels 5 35 Tires Flat T
212. der these guidelines Washing Do not wait until the convertible top gets really dirty before cleaning it Dirt that s there too long will cause deterioration 1 Before washing remove dust and coarse particulate with a soft brush 2 Gently clean the convertible top with a synthetic neutral detergent lots of water and a soft brush 3 Rinse it thoroughly with clean water to remove all the soap 4 Wipe it as dry as you can before the water dries on it 5 Then allow it to dry completely before lowering it Some models 8 55 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page392 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A CAUTION Automatic and high pressure car washes are harmful to a convertible top Avoid them Do not spray water directly on the area where the window glass and the convertible top meet This would probably cause water to enter the cabin Do not spray water with a hose or a car washing device directly on the seam area of the body and the convertible top as it could result in water penetrating the trunk Appearance Polyvinyl only Dress the convertible top once a month after washing and drying it well For best results use a water based leather treatment or vinyl top dressing This will help maintain good appearance and material condition of the convertible top 8 56 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 392 1 CAUTION
213. ding on the driving conditions If a run flat tire is punctured carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest Mazda Dealer and have the tire changed NOTE A spare tire or Instant Mobility System IMS emergency flat tire repair kit is not equipped on vehicles with run flat tires as standard Replacing a punctured run flat tire with a new run flat tire is recommended Do not use run flat tires and conventional tires on the same vehicle V Vehicle with conventional tires If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If a conventional tire is punctured refer to Tool Storage page 7 5 and Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit page 7 7 7 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 310 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page311 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 311 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Tool Storage Tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Trunk room Instant Mobility System IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit Lug wrench Jack ES Towing Tiedown eyelet Tool bag Glove box Power retractable hardtop emergency tool bag Some models 7 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page312
214. ds Free switch operations A short press or a long press of the voice recognition hands free switch is used to operate the system as follows Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Information display When available the information display shows telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status DISC IN DISC CATINFO TR FLD ALBM ARTCHST TR AUTO M FERT FER ERE ER FERT ERE RET Ee RR RR RR FERT EH VERRE H HEH EHE EHE EHE RES D RDM M e d FREE GRE ERE EEG GEO EGER TEL Bluetooth phone connected Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone m s Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page285 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Audio unit The audio unit is used for adjusting the volume V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e Itis not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate con
215. ductioms Ray e ERE E OH 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance eee ee eese eee eene ee eee eee enn eee ena se enaue 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance Mexico cccccsccccsscesecesseeeeeeseeeseeees 8 8 Owner Maintenance e eeeee esee ene eee en eese ea see ta esteso setas se eus 8 15 Owner Maintenance Schedule sssssssssss 8 15 Owner Maintenance Precautions sseseeeeeeeee 8 16 Engine Compartment Overview cccceseeseeeeteeseeeseeeeneeees 8 17 Engine Oll eee enn eei 8 18 Engine Coolant 5 nee ete d Rica S 8 20 Brake Clutch El id iuit piens 8 22 Power Steering Fluid essere 8 23 Washer Fluid RR RR ER 8 23 Body Lubrication eessssssseseseeeeeereneeneennne 8 24 Wiper Blades hr A Tires ooh te e eed e ERN RUD OA Light Bulbs eee Rae Inr E Appearance Care m 8 50 How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage 8 50 Exterior Care iere De Gale re dates or e Tea 8 52 Interior Care dee EB Y e PEDIR NER 8 58 8 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page338 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 338 1 Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are un
216. e id I If the needle is near H it indicates overheating 5 40 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A CAUTION Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage page 7 19 V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E refuel as soon as possible i F Low fuel warning light vs N Cin NOTE After refueling it may require some time for the needle to stabilize In addition the needle may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow Wi indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page197 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM CHp Black plate 197 1 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Normal range 7 L H Engine oil pressure is normal when the engine oil pressure gauge needle points within the normal range If the needle on the gauge doesn t move after starting the engine follow steps 1 through 3 If the engine oil pressure gauge moves to L low while you are driving drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Set the parking brake Then follow steps 1 through 3 1
217. e 8 SRI appears and it is ready for input of the new ID code New ID code input 9 Input the new ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If 1234 is input as the new code SR1 1234 is displayed New ID code input determination 10 Determine the new ID code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 11 PIN CHANGED appears for three seconds which indicates that the new ID code input has been completed 12 It returns to the former display NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Individual channel locking If a channel is locked the channel is muted NOTE If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 See INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE section C Black plate 265 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Locking a channel 1 Select a channel to be locked by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select channel 100 Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears w
218. e security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed eii Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct advanced key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating o flashing the system may have a r malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 131 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place switch the ignition off and then restart the engine Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing switch the ignition to ACC or switch the ignition off and wait for a while then restart the engine If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the security indicator light flashes continuously wh
219. e SIRIUS NFL Radio SIRIUS NASCAR Radio and more Exclusive Entertainment and Talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy Hear Howard Stern Martha Stewart Jamie Foxx Blue Collar Comedy Playboy Radio political talk and more World class News Stay informed with FOX CNN CNBC NPR BBC and more Plus local traffic and weather Family amp Kids Entertain the entire family with Radio Disney Kids Place Live Laugh USA and more Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit www sirius com Satellite radio can be subscribed to and received in the United States Except Alaska and Hawaii and Canada How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SIRIUS to activate your service Activation is free and takes only a few minutes 6 35 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page258 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System SIRIUS service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SIRIUS service and report any problems To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner call a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1 888 539 7474 or you can visit SIRIUS online at www sirius com Please have the following information ready SIRIUS ID 12 digit electronic serial no or ESN e Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up ESN Electronic Serial Number Displaying the SIRIUS ID ESN When the ESN but
220. e page 5 16 5 14 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel71 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Transmission Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transmission Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transmission R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 8 N Neutral In N the wheels and transmission are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on Black plate 171 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is
221. e temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 32 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page325 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F If the temperature gauge indicates overheating the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING er s Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i a Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the temperature gauge indicates overheating 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way Black plate 325 1 In Case of an Emergency Overheating 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in park P a manual transmission in neutral 3 Apply the parking brake 4 T
222. e an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid p Black plate 215 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative V Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pulling the lever down INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed For a single wiping cycle push the lever up to MIST MIST Mist 5 59 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page216 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the w
223. e code number ready 3 3 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page68 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 68 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION Because the advanced hey uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell phones Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle Ifthe vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT gt Drop the advanced key Get the advanced key wet gt Disassemble the advanced key Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight Place heavy objects on the advanced hey gt Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner gt Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key NOTE Battery life is about
224. e completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that both doors are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle Auto re lock function After unlocking doors by pressing the request switch both doors will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a thefi deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pushed 3 10 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Opening the Trunk Lid with Request Switch The trunk lid can be opened by pressing the request switch on the under side of the trunk lid above the license plate while the advanced key is being carried Request switch Ex EN NOTE If the advanced key is left in the trunk the trunk lid will close however the trunk lid can be opened using the request switch and the vehicle could be stolen With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page75 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM p Black plate 75 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Starting the Engine
225. e has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 34 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page431 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 431 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Vehicle Loading A WARNING Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension
226. e illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause V Fuel Filler Cap the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate To open the fuel filler lid pull on the remote fuel filler lid release To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise Attach the removed cap to the inner side of the fuel lid 3 40 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel05 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 105 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks clockwise until two or more clicks are heard a AWARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision
227. e in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 27 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page424 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 424 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 10 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page425 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 425 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE IN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT V SEATING CAPACITY l FRONT R
228. e instant replay mode is cancelled Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 263 1 Interior Comfort Audio System When the instant replay button PI is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the instant replay button PII is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the instant replay button ll again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused NOTE If the channel is changed the instant replay buffer data is deleted After turning on the power and switching to SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode the instant replay mode is not available for several seconds after changing channels Initialization of ID code If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 by performing the following steps Setting condition SAT mode Master code input preparation 1 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 4 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Master code input 4 Input the master code using the channel preset buttons 1 4 The master code is already set at the time of factory shipment 6 41 MX 5
229. e is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate V Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level o
230. e models AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page53 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 53 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 41 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page54 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 54 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Roll over 2 42 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page55 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 55 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch A WARNING Do not deactivate the passenger a
231. e or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation 8 The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle nonconformity repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law 9 The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b 10 You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbit
232. e radio the mode which was selected last is displayed NOTE CD CD changer and SIRIUS digital satellite radio modes cannot be selected in the following cases SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit is not equipped on the audio system CD has not been inserted Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 58 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 279 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Seek Switch VOL When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press the seek switch up or down The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower channel whether programmed or not When playing a CD Press the seek switch up to skip to the next track Press the seek switch down to repeat the current track Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to continuously switch the tracks up or down 6 57 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page280 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM
233. e radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FMI FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 32 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Seek tuning buttons Manual tuning dial Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button gt lt will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page255 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning T
234. e shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode however if it uses an upper tether it may not be mounted properly in this vehicle as there is no safe way to anchor the tether Confirm whether the child restraint system can be used with seat belts by reading the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 26 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 38 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page39 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 39 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint System Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position Only LATCH junior seats and infant carriers without upper tethers can be used in this position as there is no good place to anchor the tether due to this vehicle s design Both anchors must be used when installing these lower anchor only child restraint systems otherwise the seat will boun
235. e sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body Keep low on Take up slack 2 11 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page24 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts Pd S A mS SS Button NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 12 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 24 1 V Seat Belt Caution Label A caution label has been placed inside the sleeve of the lap portion of the driver s seat belt When an accident occurs while the seat belt is in use the resulting stress on
236. e the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch re attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch 1 Make sure the advanced key is being carried 2 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Depress the brake pedal MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page77 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM lt ae Black plate 77 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 5 Manual transmission Depress the clutch pedal all the and shift into neutral way Keep the clutch pedal depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transmission Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transmission The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed all the way Automatic transmission The starter will not operate if the shift not in P or N lever is 6 Push the start knob slowly all the way in Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 7 Verify that the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster The KEY warning light red means you cannot continue to start the engine using the Advanced Keyless System You may have to use the auxiliary key instead page 3 22 NOTE In the following cases the KEY warning light red illuminates and the engine will not start
237. e tire pressure sensor to the receiver unit When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit A digital device such as a personal computer Acurrent converter device such as a DC AC converter When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls When using tire chains MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page191 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer When an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires they will complete the tire pres
238. e used Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent 6 18 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cp Black plate 240 1 A new CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump ff AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page241 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITALAUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITALAUDIO OWN ne Writable COMPACT GU d COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO ISG ISG TEXT aee ReWritable Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface
239. ea of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 31 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page428 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 428 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points V Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service V Tire Rota
240. ealant has expired The period of effectiveness is indicated on the bottle label The tear or puncture exceeds about 4 mm 0 16 in The damage has occurred to an area of the tire other than the tread The vehicle has been driven with nearly no air remaining in the tire The tire has come off the wheel rim Damage to the wheel rim has occurred The tire has two or more punctures V Using the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit Park on a level surface off the right of way and set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 314 1 d 4 Unload passengers and luggage and remove the emergency flat tire repair kit NE qr 5 Shake the tire sealant well A CAUTION If the bottle is shaken after the injection hose is screwed on tire sealant could spray out from the injection hose Tire sealant contacting clothing or other objects may be impossible to remove Shake the bottle before screwing on the injection hose MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page315 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM NOTE The tire sealant can be used at outside temperatures down to 30 C 22 F In extremely cold temperatures 0 C 32 F or below the tire sealant hardens easily and injection of the sealant w
241. ecognition hands free switch again or by pressing the voice recognition hands free switch first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s phone Phone tag is connected If two or more telephones are registered the one with the highest priority is selected 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page289 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 V Making a call using a telephone number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 Say Beep Yes or No 7 When Yes is spoken the call is made When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step
242. ed When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced S 35 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page192 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 192 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor 5 36 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page193 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 193 1 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges DSpeedomet er een berg d disi DI y EH ES page 5 38 2 Odometer Trip Meter Average Fuel Economy Display Outside Temperature Display and Selector uoi ette ES Ug eH Ree e Rees e Een page 5 38 3 Tachometer ese onte i EE ERE ORE EROR CERO ERREUR Gel page 5 39 4 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
243. ed The antenna may be damaged if it is left installed MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel21 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE The gear units on both sides have to be unlocked to release the deck before it is raised manually Because the deck is heavy two adults are required to raise it The following describes the procedure for the gear unit on one side Perform the procedure on both sides 2 Insert the Allen wrench into the Allen socket in the bolt head that is pointed forward of the gear unit located under the deck lid as shown in the figure Allen wrench NOTE The gear units are located underneath the deck Black plate 121 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Use the eyebolt to get enough torque on the short leg of the Allen wrench and turn the Allen wrench 4 times counterclockwise T d Allen wrench Eyebolt 4 Disconnect the eyebolt from the Allen wrench leaving the Allen wrench in place and insert the threaded end of the eyebolt in the hole directly above the Allen socket and tighten it clockwise two full turns Thread hole Eyebolt SE NOTE Tighten the eyebolt with the Allen wrench inserted The Allen wrench can serve as a reference for inserting the eyebolt more easily 5 Remove the bolt which is loosened using the Allen wrench by turning it counterclockwise 3 57 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel22 Monday July
244. eed transmission SAE 75W 90 Automatic transmission fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309 API Service GL 5 art 90 Rear differential oil SAE 80W 90 75W 90 Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M III or equivalent e g Dexron IT Brake Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 Not available from Mazda 10 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page445 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 445 1 Specifications V Capacities Approximate Quantities Item Capacity 6 speed manual LUE Usa and transmission 4 55 L 4 81 US qt 4 00 Imp qt Ith oil filter R Canada Except 6 speed manual Engine oil replacement transmission 4 45 L 4 70 US qt 3 92 Imp qt Except U S A and Canada 4 55 L 4 81 US qt 4 00 Imp qt Without oil filter replacement 4 05 L 4 28 US qt 3 56 Imp qt 5 speed manual transmission 7 3 L 7 7 US qt 6 4 Imp qt Cue 6 speed manual transmission 7 6 L 8 0 US qt 6 7 Imp qt Coolant Automatic transmission 7 2 L 7 6 US qt 6 3 Imp qt Except U S A 6 speed manual transmission 7 6 L 8 0 US qt 6 7 Imp qt and Canada Automatic transmission 7 5 L 7 9 US qt 6 6 Imp qt Daye 5 speed transmission 2 0 L 2 1 US qt 1 8 Imp qt Manual transmission oil 6 speed transmission 2 1 L 2 2 US qt 1 8 Imp qt Automatic transmission fluid 7 4 L 7 8 US qt 6 5 Imp qt Rear differential oil 0 7 L 0 7 US qt 0 6 Imp qt
245. eering deviates the DSC may not operate correctly because there is a sensor in the steering which detects driving conditions V TCS DSC Indicator Light cc This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition 1s switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 27 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page184 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V DSC OFF Indicator Light Ld ec OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the battery is disconnected or a fuse is replaced the DSC will be inoperable In this case the DSC OFF indicator light flashes and the TCS DSC indicator light illuminates To make the DSC operable do the following procedure with the battery connected 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Turn the steering clockwise fully then turn it counterclockwise fully 3 Make sure the DSC OFF indicator turn off 4 Switch the ignition off then switch the ignition to ON
246. eessenseeaeenes 4 7 Floor Mat 45 5g teo edad er e scel 4 8 Rocking the Vehicle esser 4 8 Winter Driving x e ee ONERATUS 4 9 Driving In Flooded Area ssssseeeeee 4 10 Overloading ies spear na n ns 4 11 Driving on Uneven Road seen 4 12 TOWIBS eeii tt nee er SR TRAN ES Eee eee ENSE eR ERN ud 4 13 Trailer TOWIBE 1 2 ed ne HERR eae 4 13 4 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel44 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 144 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Premium unleaded fuel 9 R M 2 method or above 96 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 91 to 95 RON but this will slightly reduce performance such as reduced engine output and engine knocking Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage CAUTION USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel i
247. eft side of the vehicle and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 379 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the overhead light as shown in the figure and then remove the cover 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Ja OE Xy 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 43 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page380 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Trunk light 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the trim and gently insert it in the luggage compartment light as shown in the figure and then remove the luggage compartment light unit 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 44 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 380 1 Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized
248. emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in the United States its territories and Canada 9 15 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page412 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 412 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane
249. ems e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Lift the hood grasp the padded area on the support rod and secure the support rod in the clip Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel07 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 107 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Lower the hood slowly until it rests in the unlocked position and then remove your hands Push the front center edge of the hood downward until a latching sound is heard and the hood closes completely 3 43 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel08 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 108 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Convertible Top Soft Top Windshield header Top latch assembly Top storage area Convertible top s handles Label The label indicates the position where convertible top is to be held when lowering or raising it V Convertible Top Precautions Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms A WARNING when moving the convertible top Sit in the seat with the seat belt It is dangerous to place your hands correctly fastened when the vehicle is or fingers near the fastening moving mechanisms Your hands or fingers Standing in the vehicle or sitting on ou be caught and injured by the the convertible top storage area or eee center console wh
250. en the vehicle is moving is a dangerous way to ride A CAUTION During a sudden maneuver or Remove leaves or other matter that collision you could be seriously may accumulate on and around the injured or even killed soft top Otherwise the water drainage outlets could become blocked resulting in water leakage For detailed maintenance of the water draining outlets consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 44 Some models A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel109 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM e Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Before lowering or raising the convertible top stop in a safe place off the right of way and park on a level surface Make sure nothing is on the convertible top or near the back window when raising or lowering the convertible top Even small objects may interfere and cause damage When lowering the convertible top make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away by the wind Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the convertible top down To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartment stays dry close the convertible top securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle Do not drive through an automatic car wash it may damage the convertible top Do not raise or lower the convertible top when the temperature is below 5 C 41 F this will damage the convertible top material Do not lower the convertible top w
251. ency Flat Tire If you re unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 88 118 9 12 65 87 N m kgfm ft lbf A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools jack and damaged tire 6 Check the inflation pressure Refer to Tires on page 10 7 7 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident 7 18 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 324 1 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to th
252. ephone NOTE For the operation of the mobile telephone refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to the main menu 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones 7 Say Beep Pair a phone 8 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 6 65 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page288 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 9 Say Beep X XXX Speak an arbitrary 4 digit pairing code This can be any combination of 4 numbers NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary Record the code as it will be used to program your phone in Step 16 10 Prompt Pairing code XXXX 4 digit number Is this correct 11 Say Beep Yes or No 12 If Yes go to Step 13 If No the procedure returns to Step 8 13 Prompt Start pairing procedure on phone See phone s manual for instructions 14 Using the mobile telephone perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripher
253. eploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as possible 2 14 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 26 1 A V Air Bag Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ee x If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page27 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM lt o Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully exten
254. epted by HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly Proceed with Programming step 4 to complete V Operating the HomeLink System Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device The code will continue being transmitted for a maximum of 20 seconds V Reprogramming the HomeLink system To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Programming step 2 V Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons To erase the existing programming from all three operating channels press and hold the two outside buttons on the auto dimming mirror until the HomeLink indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Verify that the programming has been erased when you resell the vehicle Form No 8CC1 EA 11F B Black plate 221 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls S 65 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page222 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 222 1 S 66 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page223 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 223 1 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio
255. er flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locking the doors or closing the trunk the chime sounds for about 10 seconds Check whether the advanced key has not been left in the vehicle or the trunk When attempting to lock the doors a beep sound is heard Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether a door is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster The advanced key battery power is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument cluster The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 22 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page87 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Keys without Advanced Key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other c
256. er has been removed install it in the reverse order of removal MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page331 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 331 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 1 Beo Before installing the battery cover make Push Starting sure both of the cables connecting the Do not push start your Mazda negative battery terminal right side of battery are connected with the cables A WARN ING routed toward the right and back of the battery as shown in the figure Never tow a vehicle to start it Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts causing the two vehicles to collide The occupants could be injured A CAUTION Do not push start a vehicle that has a manual transmission It can damage the emission control system NOTE You can t start a vehicle with an automatic transmission by pushing it Verify that the covers are securely installed 7 25 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page332 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Government and local laws must be followed A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels rear wheels
257. er is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure both windows are completely closed and both doors and the trunk lid are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your key and transmitter V Operation System triggering conditions The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 25 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following Forcing open a door the hood or the trunk lid Unlocking a door with the door lock switch Opening a door by operating an inside door lock knob Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle 3 72 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 136 1 Opening the trunk lid by operating the trunk lid release button If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until a door is unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with the key or with the transmitter With advanced key The lights and horn can also be deactivated by pressing the request switch NOTE If the battery goes dead while the thefi deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced V How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows securely 2 Remove the key from t
258. er to Closing the Power Retractable Hardtop on page 3 53 3 60 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 124 1 Closing the deck 1 Loop the center of the rope through the pin on the link twice so that it does not loosen NOTE Before closing the deck two small ropes need to be installed and tied into the trunk so that the deck does not pop up while driving and so that the deck can be raised for servicing by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 Route one end of the rope to the inside of the vehicle passing it through the gap in the trim Route the other end to the outside of the vehicle passing it through the links To the inside of the vehicle MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page125 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM To the outside of the vehicle NOTE Always route the one end of the rope to the inside of the vehicle If it is not inside the vehicle it will be difficult to service the hardtop at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 Do the same procedure on the other side 4 Close the deck uniformly on both sides using two adults one on each side of the vehicle A CAUTION Close the deck using two adults Doing it alone could result in injury or the deck lid mechanism being twisted which could damage it Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 125 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Lightly pushing the deck downward pull the ropes to the rear along bot
259. er to System Error Activation on page 5 34 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 35 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator A p 7 J T i New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page369 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 369 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Tres d Tires degrade over time even when they are A CAUTION not being used on the road It is recommended gt A wrong sized wheel may that tires generally be replaced when they are adversely affect 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates Tire fit or frequent high loading conditions can Wheel and bearing life accelerate the aging process The period in Ground clearance which the tire was manufactured both week Snow chain clearance and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Speedometer calibration Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 23 Headlight aim Bumper height V Replacing a Wheel Tire Pressure Monitoring System AWARNING Limited Slip Differential System Always use wheels of the correct size With Tire Pressure Monitoring tele System EE RI wheel is gt When replacing repairing the dangerous Braking and handling tires or w
260. er with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name Black plate 243 1 Interior Comfort Audio System The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 32 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension 3 ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available A CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed 6 21 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page244 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 A
261. es contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle 3 71 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page136 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Security System Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 72 NOTE The thefi deterrent system operates with the key or the keyless entry system transmitter With advanced key The thefi deterrent system can also be operated using the advanced keyless function The system operates only when the driv
262. ess the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system 6 70 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 292 1 Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press NOTE To refuse an incoming call press the voice recognition hands free switch with a long press e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Ending the current call Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the call with a long press V Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be stopped by pressing the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by the user Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press V Phone book settings Editing phone book The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phone book can be edited MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page293 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distrac
263. estraint all seating positions Before purchasing a accessory designed to improve the fit of child restraint system it should be tested in the seat belt system around the child s the specific vehicle seating position or body positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a different one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface 2 23 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page36 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing a Child Restraint System The passenger lap shoulder belt can easily be converted into the automatic locking mode which must be done to hold the child restraint system Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 Follow these manufacturer s instructions when installing a child restraint system on the passenger s seat unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow
264. etooth Hands Free Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it Say Beep Yes Prompt Passcode is disabled returning to main menu Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s phone Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s phone NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it l Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Say Beep Setup Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu Say Beep Confirmation prompts 6 76 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 298 1 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on returning to main men
265. ex rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 24 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page421 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 421 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph
266. extremely cold weather or after the 2 Manual transmission vehicle has not been driven in several days Shift into neutral let the engine warm up without operating Automatic transmission the accelerator Shift the shift lever to the P position Whether the engine is cold or warm it i VS should be started without use of the 3 Switch the ignition from ON to OFF accelerator LOCK If the engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under A WARNING Emergency Starting If the engine still does Do not stop the engine while the not start have your vehicle inspected by an vehicle is moving Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 21 Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced maneuverability and braking ability due to the loss of power steering and power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched off NOTE The electrical fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF whether or not the A C is on or off to cool the engine compartment quickly 5 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel62 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Brake System V Foot Brake Your Maz
267. f performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 21 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page418 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 418 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS
268. fects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 43 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page440 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM Black plate 440 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 042B 12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 042B 12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 026G 12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 026G 12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 031C 12 U S A only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 031C 12 Canada only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 031C 12 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 MODL 12 2012 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS W WORKSHOP MANUAL
269. ficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor WSTEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon L
270. fied the hardtop can be opened closed The vehicle is parked on a level surface off the right of way and the parking brake is firmly set The ignition is switched ON e Puta vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P or Neutral N a manual transmission in Neutral The trunk lid is closed NOTE If the power retractable hardtop cannot be closed even afier the operation conditions are all met have it checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The hardtop can be closed manually as an emergency measure Refer to The Power Retractable Hardtop Does not Close on page 3 55 3 51 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell6 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Opening the Power Retractable Hardtop Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Neutral 3 Apply the parking brake with the brake pedal depressed 4 Start the Engine NOTE Do not open close the hardtop with the engine stopped Otherwise the vehicle s battery power could be depleted 5 With the lock release button depressed pull the top latch outward to unlock Lock release button 6 Verify that the operation indicator light is illuminated and the lock is detached 3 52 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 116 1 7 Press and hold the open button until
271. firmation beep or the trunk lid have been locked unlocked Activated Deactivated sound When both doors are closed and the advanced key is being carried and out of operational range both Autolgek function the doors automatically lock after three seconds Deactivated Activated 1 When the auto lock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting 2 When the auto lock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them before leaving vehicle Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A 3 21 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page86 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda qp Black plate 86 1 Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 19 Warning What to check When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be heard Check whether the start knob has been returned to the LOCK position When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument clust
272. fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 16 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page413 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 413 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance a
273. g a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 Do not sit too close to the driver and passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly Do not sit too close to a door or lean against doors in vehicles with side air bags Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremely dangerous A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of the outboard shoulder of the seat and expands along the door on the side the car
274. g keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 69 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel34 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 134 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo
275. ged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page21 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 21 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and seat belt guides are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 59 V Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt shou
276. gerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page225 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 225 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by rotating the vent Opening closing vents The two outside vents can be opened and closed with center button NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 3 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page226 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 226 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents OPEN MODE Dashboard Vents Floor Vents You will feel more comfortable by using the OPEN MODE when opening the roof 6 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page227 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM B
277. gnal lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Overhead light Headlights High beam Headlights Low beam Fog lights Front turn signal lights Parking lights Front side marker lights Some models 8 36 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page373 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched
278. gnition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or list paired phones 6 Say Beep List phones 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex Phone A phone B phone C The voice guidance reads out the phone tags registered to the hands free system 6 73 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page296 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the read out at the desired phone and then say one of the following voice commandis to execute it Select Programmed the mobile phone when the voice recognition hands free switch was pressed Continue Continues the voice guidance Delete Deletes the registered mobile phone Previous Returns to the previous mobile phone e 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Mobile phone selection This function is for switching to a different mobile phone which has been registered beforehand The selected mobile phone will remain in effect until the ignition is switched off 1 Pre
279. grip Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the auxiliary key grip Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel29 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the auxiliary key NOTE The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced key including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost If an advanced key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible Black plate 129 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System 3 65 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page130 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 130 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity
280. h sides of the trunk to hold the deck down NOTE Pull the ropes horizontally to the vehicle rear 6 Lightly move the deck and verify that it is secured completely 7 Open the trunk using the key and tie the rope to the bracket and knot it twice so that it does not loosen P d Rope i ul Bracket CAUTION Tie the ropes securely so that the dech does not open while the vehicle is being driven 3 61 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel26 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Open the trunk using the key The remote release button advanced keyless entry function and the keyless entry system do not operate when this emergency procedure is done 8 Tie off the other side rope the same way 9 Close the trunk lid After finishing the procedure After finishing the procedure have the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Drive the vehicle at a speed of 40 km h 25 mph or lower before having the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The hardtop may open while the vehicle is being driven and cause an accident NOTE The trunk cannot be opened with the remote release button advanced keyless entry function and the keyless entry system as they are disabled when this emergency procedure is done V Power Retractable Hardtop Appearance Care Refer to Hardtop Maintenance page 8 56 for information o
281. h on and off Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button PI Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button 7 to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button to reverse through a track at high speed 6 51 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page274 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Track search Press the track up button gt once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Disc search During music CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button A or w during playback During MP3 WMA CD playback To change the disc press the DISC button or w for 1 5 seconds or more during playback Folder search during MP3 WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button for less than 1 5 seconds or press the folder up button A for less than 1 5 seconds to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press
282. haracters of the composer s name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the text the display automatically returns to display the first part of the text e fthere is no composer name NO INFO is displayed Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the instant replay button PII When the seek tuning button is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program When the seek tuning button is pressed for about 1 5 seconds or longer the program is reversed while the button is being pressed When the seek tuning button gt is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button gt is pressed about 1 5 seconds while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is cancelled When the seek tuning button gt is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer the program is fast forwarded while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program th
283. he combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label 9 37 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page434 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 434 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 Ibs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 kg 150 Ibs 317 kg 699 bs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 lbs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the S
284. he 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FMI or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FMI or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This 1s especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels p Black plate 255 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored statio
285. he engine running This could damage the power steering system 5 22 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F o Black plate 178 1 Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed V Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON OFF switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page179 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON OFF switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press the switch again The cruise main indicator light turns off ON OFF E c A WARNING Keep the ON OFF switch off when cruise control is not in use Leaving the ON OFF switch on when
286. he ignition switch With advanced key Switch the ignition off with the start knob 3 Make sure all the windows the hood and the trunk lid are closed Close and lock both doors from the outside using the key If you have the keyless entry system press the lock button on the transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system 1s armed The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors or the lock button on the transmitter Without advanced key Close the hood and the trunk lid Press the area on the door lock switch marked LOCK once Close both doors 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel37 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 137 1 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE NOTE Locking the doors with the inside door lock If you have any problem with the theft knob will not arm the system deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer WV To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any Y Thei Deterrent Labeli one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter Insert the key into the ignition switch and switch the ignition ON With advanced key e Press a request switch on the doors or the unlock button on the transmitter Switch the ignition ON with the start knob
287. he key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position 3 32 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 96 1 Locking unlocking with door lock switch Both doors lock automatically when LOCK is pressed They all unlock when the unmarked part of the door lock switch Is pressed Unlock Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 15 with retractable type key Both doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 24 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page97 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Trunk Lid A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the trunk Allowing a person to ride in the trunk is dangerous In addition the person in the trunk could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Keep the trunk closed when driving Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a vehicle through an open trunk is dangerous This gas contains CO
288. he same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 9 26 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page423 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 423 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below T So 4 YI Sd 09 OL 017 4 1 Temporary tires 2 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 3 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 4 Diagonal 5 Rim diameter code 6 Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA us 115 is the nominal width of the tir
289. he traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident NOTE To turn off the TCS press the DSC OFF switch page 5 28 5 26 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 182 1 WV TCS DSC Indicator Light m ee This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page183 Monday Ju
290. heel then push the release lever up to lock the column Tilt wheel release lever After adjusting push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving 3 74 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 138 1 Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page139 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 139 1 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 2 Depress the mirror switch in the V Rearview Mirror appropriate direction A WARNING Selector switch Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Outside mirror Rearview mirror adjustmen
291. heels or both have the could be affected leading to loss of work done by an Authorized control and an accident Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 35 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset inset outset 8 33 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page370 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 370 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots 8 34 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page371 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM MEMO Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt d Black plate 371 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page372 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 372 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs High mount brake light License plate lights Trunk light Reverse lights Rear turn si
292. hen it s wet If the convertible top dries while folded it will deteriorate and shrink Lowering the convertible top while it s wet can also cause water to drip into the passenger compartment Do not raise or lower the convertible top in a strong wind as it could damage the convertible top or cause an unexpected accident C Black plate 109 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Lowering the Convertible Top 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied Fully open the left and right windows Turn off the engine BR N Make sure there are no objects which have been placed in the area where the convertible top is to be retracted A WARNING Do not place heavy or sharp objects in the convertible top storage area Putting heavy or sharp objects in the convertible top storage area is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision they can become projectiles that might hit and injure passengers 5 Pull the top latch outward by pressing the lock release button to detach the lock Make sure the lock is detached Lock release button 3 45 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 PagellO Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 6 Standing outside of the vehicle hold the convertible top along the center edge and pull it toward the vehicle rear Center edge NOTE To lower the convertible top from inside the vehicle use the convertible top s handles
293. herefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality V Operating Tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page245 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 245 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Windows Media Specification Audio Version 7 0 8 0 9 0 32kHz 32 40
294. hich indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the code which has been input by pressing the scan button SCAN 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 8 If it matches the registered code SRI LOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI LOCK 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is activated At this time mute is on and no sound is heard 6 43 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page266 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE fan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Lock cancellation Setting condition SAT mode Releasing a locked channel 1 Select a channel to be released by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select the locked channel i e 100 At this time SRI LOCK 100 is displayed Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press chan
295. hicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it 8 53 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page390 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting V Bright Metal Maintenance Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat the
296. ht braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page391 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM lt V Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating A CAUTION Do not use any detergent other than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Otherwise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels NOTE Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes fyour aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Check special requirements for Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 35 d Black plate 391 1 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Y Convertible Top Maintenance The convertible top is made of a special high grade material but if it s not taken good care of hardening staining and loss of luster will result Maintain it un
297. ht on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 49 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page62 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 62 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A CAUTION To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the seat bottoms Do not place sharp objects on the seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them Do not spill any liquids on the seats or under the seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following Adjust the seats as far bach as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the passenger seat as far bach as possible NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight
298. icator light turns off when the top latch hook is locked If the hardtop is not closed properly even with the top latch locked contact Mazda to have it inspected V The Power Retractable Hardtop Does not Close If the hardtop cannot be closed electrically by pressing the close switch verify the power retractable hardtop operation conditions first Refer to Operation Conditions on page 3 51 If the power retractable hardtop cannot be closed even after the operation conditions are all met have it checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you are unable to have the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer the hardtop can be closed manually as an emergency measure The procedure for manually closing the hardtop is as follows 1 Release the locks of the deck and open it Refer to Opening the deck 2 Lift up the hardtop and close it Refer to Closing the hardtop 3 Tie the ropes to the deck links and close the deck Refer to Closing the deck 3 55 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page120 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle with the hardtop open halfway gt Do not perform the procedure in a strong wind as it could cause an unexpected accident Two adults are required to perform the procedure especially when lifting up the hardtop Do not do it alone so as not to cause injury or vehicle damage Some steps in the procedure requi
299. idance related to the audio unit are not heard Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard WV How to use this section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker NOTE Say voice commands after the beep sound Beep is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 6 63 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page286 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method 1 Program the mobile telephone Pairing Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation on page 6 64 2 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System 6 64 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt ae Black plate 286 1 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation V Bluetooth Hands Free preparation Language setting The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOT
300. ies for Your Mazda 9 14 Outside the United States and Canada 22 eene 9 15 Outside the United States 9 16 Outside Canada esssss 9 17 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada eter eite 9 18 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACcCessOrles eesssseeeeeeeeee 9 19 Cell Phoist 9 20 Cell Phones Warning 9 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System WT QGS Secr 9 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS o ete eae 9 21 Tire Information U S A 9 23 Tire Labeling Location of the Tire Label Placard isses rs 9 29 Tire Maintenance 9 32 Vehicle Loading 9 35 Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit ve Steet oe ees 9 41 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page398 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 398 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessar
301. ights Page A Seat Belt Warning Light 5 47 P imi Door Ajar Warning Light 5 47 ue AT Automatic Transmission Warning Light 5 47 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 48 FLAT Flat Tire Warning Light 5 50 TIRE 40 KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green 5 50 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F H en Security Indicator Light 5 52 Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 52 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 52 m TCS DSC Indicator Light 5 53 DSC OFF Indicator Light 5 53 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 54 E a Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 54 5 43 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page200 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda d Black plate 200 1 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Brake system warning Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go cl
302. ile the roof is open When the mode selector dial is turned to the AUTO position OPEN MODE F and vents will not be selected automatically Select them manually V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Set the mode selector dial to the HY position and turn the fan control dial to the desired speed The outside air position is automatically selected The air conditioner will automatically turn on and direct dehumidified air to the front windshield and side windows MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page235 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM A WARNING Set the temperature control to hot or warm position when using the amp position Using the amp position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt Black plate 235 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System M Interior tempe
303. ile you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 67 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page132 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Security System Y Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or 1f any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle 3 68 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 132 1 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approve
304. ill be difficult Warm the sealant inside the vehicle before doing the injection work 6 Remove the cap from the bottle Screw on the injection hose with the bottle s inner cap left on to break the inner cap Injection hose S Bottle 7 Remove the valve cap from the flat tire Press the back of a valve core tool to the core of the tire valve and bleed all the remaining air Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 315 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A CAUTION If there is air remaining in the tire when the valve core is removed the valve core could fly out Remove the valve core carefully 8 Turn the valve core counterclockwise with the valve core tool and remove the valve core Valve Valve core B 2l Store the valve core in a place where it won t get dirty 4 Fi 9 Remove the plug from the injection hose and insert the injection hose into the valve Plug oec Injection hose MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page316 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 10 Hold the bottom of the bottle upright squeeze the bottle with your hands and inject the entire amount of tire sealant into the tire 4 Valve NOTE The tire sealant cannot be reused Purchase a new tire sealant kit at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 11 Pull out the injection hose from the valve Reinsert the valve core into the valve and turn it clockwise to install i
305. improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 27 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page40 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Before installing a child restraint system make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminated by using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 1 Make sure to remove articles from behind the passenger seat that would prevent the seat from sliding back fully and then slide the seat as far back as possible to insert the LATCH lower anchors between the seat bottom and the seatback 2 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of the LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 2 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt o Black plate 40 1 3 Secure the child restr
306. ing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an unexpected accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone A Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the mobile telephone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the mobile telephone C Black plate 283 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free A CAUTION The types of mobile phones which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Mobile phones which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth phones are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding mobile phone compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www Mazda USA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800
307. injure other occupants as well as result in serious injuries or death to the child A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot when exposed to direct sunlight during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 27 2 22 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page35 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 35 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child seat AE A child seat restrains a child s body using Installation Position the harness Child Restraint System In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems 1s provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster seat NOTE Installation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and seat Booster seat belts all child restraint systems may not fit A booster seat is a child r
308. inute set button Clock button Audio control dial Setting the time NOTE When the clock button CLOCK is released the seconds are reset to 00 Ifthe power supply to the unit is interrupted The clock can be set at any time when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON 1 To adjust the time press the clock if the fuse blows or the vehicle s battery is button CLOCK for about 2 seconds disconnected the clock will need to be until a beep is heard reset The clock s current time will flash 2 To advance the hours press the hour set button H To advance the minutes press the minute set button M while the time is flashing 3 Press the clock button CLOCK again to start the clock 6 30 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page253 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM MEMO Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 253 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page254 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Radio Channel preset buttons Band selector button Cp L JU rw J sms co J x Black plate 254 1 Auto memory button Channel preset buttons Display Ga ares hrs SEEK TRACK REPLAY j DISC FOLDER CAT Scan button Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn th
309. ion of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to Tires on page 10 7 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page367 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM The Tire Pressure Monitoring System hi does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended J Refer to the specification charts page 10 7 NOTE Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire
310. ioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase 2 13 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page26 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the components or wiring or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle NOTE The pretensioner system will activate in a moderate or greater frontal or near frontal collision It will not activate in most rollovers side or rear impacts The pretensioner system for the passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners d
311. ir bag unnecessarily Unnecessary deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous If turned off unnecessarily the passenger will not receive the added protection of the air bag Serious injuries or even death could occur With the exception of passengers fitting the categories described below do not turn the air bag deactivation switch to the OFF position Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch The switch is located in the position shown in the figure below The switch must be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the occupant of the passenger seat fits into one of the following categories as described in the request form for the passenger air bag deactivation switch the appendix B to part 595 of National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA Infants less than one year old for all types of restraint but particularly the rear facing child restraint Children aged 1 to 12 People with certain medical conditions which according to his her physician could be adversely affected by air bag activation For more government release information on air bag deactivation contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for the occupant categories as described in the request form for the air bag deactivation switch in the NHTSA rules The air bag deactivation switch turns off the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat be
312. ire i teeta ee 7 3 Inflation pressure 8 30 Replacement ssss 8 32 Rotation rsisi iisen 8 31 Snow tires eese 4 9 Specifications ssssss 10 7 Tire chains nie 4 10 Uniform tire quality grading system ULQGGS Y c neci eet 9 21 TOOL 3 enter 7 5 TooliStorage 3 ERIS 7 5 11 6 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 454 1 T Towing Description teet 7 26 Emergency towing 7 26 Hook 2x eee 7 27 Recreational towing 7 29 Trailer towing sess 4 13 Traction Control System TCS 5 26 TCS DSC indicator light 5 26 Trailer Towing sess 4 13 Trip Meter sette 5 38 Trunk Lad ee 3 33 Inside trunk release lever 3 35 Trunk Light essssssss 6 80 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 58 V Vanity Mirrors essseeeee 6 80 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 W Warning Lights sss 5 42 ABS is s ER ER 5 45 Air bag system sssssss 5 46 Automatic transmission 5 47 Brake system sssss 5 44 Charging system 5 46 Check engine 5 46 Door ajar sseeee 5 47 Flat tire 1 tert 5 50 IBY otto RISE 5 50 Low fuel zx 5 47 Malfunction esses 5 44 Seat belt sn causes ditties 5 47 Seat belt pretensioner system
313. is Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2011 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan Aug 2011 Print2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page4 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in
314. is position some electrical accessories will operate NOTE The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position and the doors will not lock unlock using the transmitter or request switches even if the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle 3 11 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page76 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda Black plate 76 1 d Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ON This 1s the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 42 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the start knob then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 42 3 12 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Starting the engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range When starting the engine be sur
315. is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pl Press the button again to resume playback AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page269 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button 7 to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button 7 once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel
316. iscard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 15 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page28 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or passenger seat the SRS driver s or passenger s air bag system will determine that the driver or passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or passenger s air bag to not activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a child restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child
317. isms Your hands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism CAUTION gt Do not drive with the hardtop partially opened this could damage the hardtop or cause an unexpected accident gt Children should not be allowed to play with the open close switch gt Do not place objects or cargo around the deck rear glass or the hardtop storage area Even small objects may interfere and cause damage gt Remove leaves that accumulate on and around the hardtop If the leaves are not removed they may block the water drainage outlets gt Before opening the hardtop make sure the rear window defogger switch Defroster is turned off Otherwise the heat generated from the defogger could damage the hardtop and the internal material gt When opening closing the hardtop verify that there is no obstruction above the hardtop about 1 5 m from the ground so as not to damage the hardtop or the obstruction gt When opening closing the hardtop do not apply any load to the hardtop or the deck The opening closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged Open close the hardtop with the vehicle parked on level ground in a safe place where the vehicle does not obstruct traffic If the hardtop is opened closed on a slope or bump the opening closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged 3 50 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell5 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM lt ae
318. isplay scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title 6 53 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page276 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Use a commercially available non impedance 3 59 stereo mini plug cable Refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 58 6 54 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 276 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page277 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 277 1 Interior Comfort Audio System V Error Indications
319. it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 373 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Headlight bulbs High beam bulbs 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch 1s off Lift the hood Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 8 37 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page374 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Low beam bulbs Xenon fusion bulbs You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulbs 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the right and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the left N Make sure the headlight switch is off o2 Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remo
320. ith CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously 9 7 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page404 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Cp Black plate 404 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUE
321. ity of serious injuries 2 33 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page46 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 46 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important 2 34 A For
322. k in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda Do not race the engine Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops Avoid full throttle starts e e e 4 6 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 148 1 Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving Avoid fast starts Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any
323. k to play the tracks in the folder randomly After FOLDER RDM is displayed RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly After DISC RDM is displayed D RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button TEXT is pressed during playback Music CD Track number Elapsed time Track name EU A Album name Artist name 6 48 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 270 1 MP3 WMA CD File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name wr jJ Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title p
324. l counterclockwise decreases the fan speed Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 6 4 NOTE Turn the mode selector dial to an OPEN MODE position for maximum comfort while the roof is open A C switch Press the A C switch to turn the air conditioner on The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the fan control dial is in any position except OFF Press the switch once again to turn the air conditioner off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F CHp Black plate 229 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Air intake selector This switch controls the source of air entering the vehicle Press the lt amp switch to alternate between the outside air and recirculated air modes It is recommended that under normal conditions the switch be kept in the outside air mode Outside air mode indicator light turned off Outside air is taken into the vehicle Use this mode for normal ventilation and heating Recirculated air mode indicator light illuminated Outside air is shut off Air within the vehicle is recirculated This mode can be used when driving on a dusty road or in similar conditions It also helps to provide quicker cooling of the interior Some models 6 7 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page230 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior C
325. l must be kept between MIN and MAX Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C p Black plate 359 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 8 23 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page360 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 360 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoi
326. lack plate 227 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Types of the Climate Control System Manual type and automatic type climate control systems are explained separately Check your vehicle s climate control type and read the appropriate pages Manual Type a eite tero eo op ap aree tid atu etym page 6 6 page 6 10 Type A Type B 6 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page228 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 228 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Manual Type Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector A C switch Some models V Control Switches NOTE When the mode is set to 4 48 or 7 with Temperature control dial the fan control dial in a position other than 0 and the temperature control dial in the maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to Cold Hot turn it off Fan control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold 6 6 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page229 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Turn the dial to adjust to the desired fan speed Turning the dial clockwise increases the fan speed Turning the dia
327. lant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 20 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 356 1 Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it is at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank cap after adding coolant A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page357 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Do not add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing
328. ld Move the top latch slowly to make sure the anchor engages with the striker then rotate the top latch to the lock position until a click sound is heard Convertible top s handles MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell2 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Driving with the convertible top not fully locked could damage the convertible top If the red indicator is visible on the lock release button the convertible top is not locked After locking the convertible top verify that the red indicator is not visible Locked position Unlocked position Red indicator NOTE The convertible top may be constricted if it is left retracted for a long period Therefore if the top has become constricted it may be difficult to hook the top latch striker to the anchor Make sure the convertible top is securely locked by pushing up on it If it still sounds loose rattles after being locked by the top latch have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Taking Care of the Top Refer to Convertible Top Maintenance page 8 55 for information on taking care of the convertible top 3 48 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 112 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell3 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 113 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Convertible Top Power Retractable Hardtop The power retractable hardtop opens cl
329. ld be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions 7 V Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page22 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 22 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Automatic Locking Mode T
330. le is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 16 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page353 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 353 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment
331. lected text e g channel name 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the text e g channel name flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and you will hear beep sound at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 4 Three seconds later it returns to normal display SR bank number text e g channel name NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SRI SR2 and SR3 for convenient access to your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press and release the channel preset button SR bank number CH preset number channel number appears When the preset button is pressed during text mode its channel number is displayed first for three second and then Its text is displayed NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 6 38 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 260 1 Category change Press the category button X or v and select the desired category e Press the category button LA Category up e Press the category button W Category down Every time the category button A is pressed the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated 1s received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is ch
332. lid release sssssssessseseeseeeeeeenn enne page 3 40 6 Backstrimt Storage OX aee ceterae i AER AERA page 6 82 B Seat belt sont ue RR ee PUN HU ee page 2 7 UNIT M PARERE page 2 2 Rearview MITOL ngiseni e ani i rhe D HEN ER He nita page 3 75 Interior light ose t eden cae o bem E E eC Ra page 6 80 Snnatie ET page 6 80 TD Vanity TRIEOT 2 5 otim btt Hr nre de e c rad page 6 80 9 Gup Holder I A A I et etm tet itte page 6 81 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 11 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview 1 H00Q uere ette i ea et eh tct mee e AE page 3 41 Windshield wiper blades sss eene page 8 25 Convertible top Power retractable hardtop sse page 3 49 4 Convertible top Soft top sse page 3 44 5 R el filler Tid uu een eter ge get aede Oir quem page 3 40 6 Light bulbs REG ette page 8 36 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel2 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 12 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview y Trunk did z u c eee e AD e eU page 3 33 2 Antenna neon E Pa RR EN AER E ee page 6 14 3 Doors and Keys nn De ettari
333. lity Your vehicle has a self checking device and it operates while the engine is off 4 3 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel46 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 146 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide AWARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle
334. llision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the seats dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 52 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page65
335. loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident e eee ee MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel49 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Hazardous Driving AWARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazard e e e Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and quick steering If your vehicle is not equipped with ABS brake with the pedal by using a light up down motion Do not hold the pedal down constantly If your vehicle is equipped with ABS do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the rear wheels For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or othe
336. lower LATCH anchor points which are affixed to the body and not the seat slide the seat all the way rearward which is the optimal vehicle seat position for all children in this two seat car A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident 2 19 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page32 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 32 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and i
337. ls are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eeeeeeee 8 8 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page345 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM V Schedule 1 lt o Main Black plate 345 1 tenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Interval Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Months x1000 km ENGINE Drive belts I I I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R RR Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system Engine coolant FUEL SYSTEM e at first 190 000 km or 10 60 000 km or 3 years years after that every Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses I Le I Hoses and tubes for emission I r I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page346 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 3
338. lt pretensioner system Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a passenger fitting the previous categories occupies the front passenger seat aye ON Avent d c RS use 2 43 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page56 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 56 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger Air Bag Passenger Air Bag Passenger Front and Side Passenger Seat Belt Deactivation Switch Deactivation Indicator Light Air Bag Operation Pretensioner System OFF position ON OFF Z On Deactivate Deactivate ON position ON OFF Off Ready Ready When the ignition is switched ON the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light comes on for a specified period of time If the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position the indicator light remains on to warn that the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system have been deactivated In addition to using the key to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt pretensioner system the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat belt pretensioner system is also deactivated and the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated automatically NOTE Have the passenger air bag deactivation switch inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any of these
339. ly 18 2011 10 8 AM p Black plate 183 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Dynamic Stability Control DSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 9 and TCS page 5 26 A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving CAUTION gt The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used or a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes gt If repair or replacement of the steering or other surrounding equipment is necessary have it done at an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the center position of the st
340. m with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration 8 54 p Black plate 390 1 V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Lig
341. m No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 361 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Compress the clip and slide the assembly downward then lift it off the Plastic S CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 2 Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support Metal support Tab M 8 25 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page362 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade L CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again Ifthe metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 362 1 4 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal e NOTE Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the bottom of the wiper arm MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page363 Mond
342. m No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page47 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 47 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components CD Driver Passenger inflators and air bags 2 Crash sensor and diagnostic module SAS unit Seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 13 D Front air bag sensor Side crash sensors Air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 38 7 Side inflators and air bags Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 47 Passenger air bag deactivation switch page 2 43 Passenger seat weight sensors page 2 47 Q Passenger seat weight sensor control module 2 Driver and passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 50 3 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 47 Some models 2 35 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page48 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 48 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly V Seat Belt Pretensioners The seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or
343. m h 19 mph If some other method besides the ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most The system turns off when the ignition is recent set speed will automatically resume switched off when the cruise control RES switch is NOTE pressed up Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph below the preset speed such as may mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 happen when climbing a long steep grade km h 19 mph or more and press up the cruise control RES switch RES Cruise control SET switch WV To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods Press the ON OFF switch Slightly depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal Manual transmission only 5 25 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page182 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction A WARNING Do not rely on t
344. m you once with your thumb DOWN switches A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim when using fingers or thumbs on the steering shift switches Putting your hands inside the rim of the steering wheel when using the steering shift switches is dangerous If the driver s air bag were to deploy in a collision your hands could be impacted causing injury AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page175 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Except M2 MI Second gear fixed mode When the shift lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped the transmission is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier starting and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled
345. make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 30 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page427 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 427 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Ar
346. many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONSs and NOTEs in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 4 1 NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page5 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 5 1 Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance 1 Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air b
347. mining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 41 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page438 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 438 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you
348. more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the doors are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page74 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda lt Black plate 74 1 ae Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Confirm that both doors are securely locked Both doors cannot be locked when any door is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 3 21 The setting can be changed so that the doors are locked automatically without pressing the request switch page 3 21 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when both doors are closed while the advanced key is being carried Both doors are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range both doors are locked automatically after about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors ar
349. n retractable hardtop appearance care 3 62 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 126 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel27 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 127 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated If an improper operation is performed or a system malfunction has occurred the indicator light or a warning beep is activated to notify the user of improper operation or a system malfunction Warning What to check Make sure that all the conditions for operating the retractable hardtop have been met If the chime sounds despite having met all the operation conditions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system A warning beep sound is heard when the open or close switch is pressed inspected A warning beep sound is heard when the open orclose The hardtop is not fully opened or closed Press the switch is released switch until the open or close operation is completed The hardtop has not completely opened or closed A warning beep sound is heard continuously and the Continue to press the button until the operation is indicator light is illuminated while the vehicle is driven completed After the hardtop is completely closed latch the top latch If the open or close button has not been operated and The system may have a malfunction Have the vehicle the operation indicator light is flashing checked at an Authorized Mazda
350. n the designated jack up position or placing objects on or under the jack is dangerous as it could deform the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall off the jack resulting in an accident Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle A Black plate 321 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 6 Insert the jack handle into the jack 7 Turn the jack handle clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 7 15 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page322 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Do not jack up the vehicle higher than is necessary Jacking up the vehicle higher than is necessary is dangerous as it could destabilize the vehicle resulting in an accident Do not start the engine or shake the vehicle while it is jacked up Starting the engine or shaking the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could cause the vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in an accident Neve
351. n these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page342 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 342 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance WV Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Drive belts I Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R R R R R R R R R RR Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after type that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Others Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that every 2 years
352. n will be selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed 6 33 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page256 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 256 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Operating the Satellite Radio Channel preset buttons Satellite button Electronic serial number button Channel preset buttons Band selector button Instant replay button Display basses E773 Category buttons gt SEEK SATA n Scan button Seek tuning buttons Manual tuning dial Information display All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display Lut Lit Bd DISCIN DISC CAT INFO TR FLD ALBMARTCH STTR AUTOM HH j IERPT Es l Hi DROM ER l TEL Channel number Channel name Category name Artist name Song title ID code Preset channel number Bank number Error signs 6 34 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page257 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installa
353. nce of paint chipping Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 51 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page388 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions Y Maintaining the Finish Washing A CAUTION Do not spray water in the engine compartment Otherwise it could result in engine starting problems or damage to electrical parts To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used e 8 52 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 388 1 NOTE e Mazda is not responsible for scrat
354. nced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend function esseere 3 18 Auxiliary key sses 3 18 Locking unlocking with request SWIC h o mde 3 8 Opening the trunk lid with request SWIC ior pen Moteleten diti 3 10 Operation range sese 3 7 Remote control function 3 15 SeIVIGE 4 anc eire aati 3 7 When warning indicator beep is activated eL 3 22 Air Bag Systems sssssss 2 30 Antennas de eee stet 6 14 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 9 Warning light suss 5 9 Appearance Care sssss 8 50 Audio System sesssssesss 6 14 Audio control switch 6 56 Audio set sssseee 6 25 AUX mode an 6 58 Operating tips for audio SySUCID coi vet teer ece eere ener rena 6 15 Safety certification 6 60 Automatic Transmission Direct mode 5 20 Driving tips sesser 5 21 Manual shift mode 5 16 Shift lock system 5 16 Transmission ranges 5 15 Average Fuel Economy Display 5 38 11 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 450 1 B Battery Emergency starting 7 21 Maintenance 8 27 Specifications ssssss 10 4 Beep Sounds Ignition key reminder 5 54 Lights on reminder 5 54 Seat belt warning 5 54 Tire inflation
355. nd damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 17 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page414 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 414 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be aware of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 9 18 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page415 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 415 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine
356. nd legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle e e e e e For some models a passenger air bag deactivation switch is provided This switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system if a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 2 30 Some models A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page43 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 43 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and passenger occupant classification system refer to the Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 47 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and passenger occupant classification system the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after the ignition 1s switched ON To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag in the unlikely event of an accident there are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag as follows however the surest way t
357. ne is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 46 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty The engine s electrical system has a problem The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Air Bag Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light os x If the air bag seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page203 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM p Black plate 203 1 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING
358. needed repair the punctured tire with the emergency flat tire repair kit page 7 7 CAUTION Do not use non genuine tire sealant It may damage the tire pressure sensor Vehicles with optional temporary spare tire If you have bought the optional temporary spare tire replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire Refer to the manufacturer s instructions Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Flat Tire Warning Light FLAT TIRE This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON 5 50 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds If the tire pressures decrease extremely after the TPMS warning light has illuminated or if a tire is punctured the flat tire warning light also illuminates and a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 V KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated When the ignition is switched ON it illuminates momentarily and then goes out e If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page207 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 207 1 Driving Your Mazda
359. nel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed NOTE If Err is displayed go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset the ID code to 0000 6 44 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 266 1 ae Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button SCAN 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 8 If it matches the registered code SRI UNLOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is off At this time sound is heard NOTE fan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display e Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the scan button SCAN are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page267 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM MEMO Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
360. ng Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep both doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows loch the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders After closing the doors always verify that they are securely closed Doors not securely closed are dangerous if the vehicle is driven with a door not securely closed the door could open unexpectedly resulting in an accident 3 30 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 94 1 Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before opening a door
361. ng a child in a child restraint system on the passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child These are among the reasons why the passenger air bag should be turned off using the key The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system The seat is washed Liquids are spilled on the seat The passenger seat is moved backward and it is pushed into luggage or other items placed behind it Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger seat are attached to the passenger seat Before installing child restraint system on the passenger seat move the passenger seat as far bach as possible In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child Make sure that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch page 2 43 Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side air bags Allowing anyone to lean over or against the door is dangerous If the vehicle is equipped with side air bags the impact of
362. ng a garage door opener or a gate disconnect the power to these devices before performing programming as continuous operation of the devices could damage the motor p Black plate 219 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current on market devices as follows 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons buttons one and three releasing only when the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat step 1 to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two HomeLink buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 5 7 5 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink button you wish to program while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed NOTE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator Canadian Programming section 4 After the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons NOTE If the HomeLink indicator light does not ch
363. ngement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files 1s as follows File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep NOTE Folders and tracks files within the same hierarchy play in the order they were written to the disc depending on the write software e MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page243 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Folder No e e Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C3 Folder J Track File E L 2 e NUN no i T nn O Sn m TE 4 Ln a 06 s 5G mut n do iJ OD i n0O0 t T Levell Level2 Level3 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single fold
364. nsioners and air bags after a collision Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are loched in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback 2 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 14 1 Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury V Seat Slide To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel5 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can
365. o 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 326 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page327 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Starting a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try switch the ignition off wait ten seconds and try again Make sure the parking brake is on Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there Depress the clutch pedal Manual transmission or the brake pedal Automatic transmission Switch the ignition to START and hold it there for up to ten seconds If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator for up to ten seconds If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A A Black plate 327 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 7 21 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page328 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 328 1 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competen
366. o adults Doing it alone could result in injury or the deck lid mechanism being twisted which could damage it gt Do not let go of the deck lid on both sides until it is fully open The deck lid could fall if it is released too soon and cause injury gt Do not attempt to forcefully lift the deck If the lock has not detached and the deck is forcefully lifted it could damage the deck Form No 8CC1 EA 11F p Black plate 123 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Closing the hardtop A CAUTION The procedure should be done by at least two adults Do not do it alone so as not to cause injury or vehicle damage Some steps in the procedure require holding your body in a strained position for extended periods and if over exerted it could result in injury Be very careful when closing the hardtop to prevent pinching and possible injury 1 Grasp the hardtop along the side and front surfaces and lift it up enough to create a clearance at the rear of hardtop 3 59 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel24 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Grasp the hardtop along the side and rear surfaces and lift it up enough to create a clearance behind the rear glass 3 Grasp the hardtop along its side surface and the rear area of the rear glass pull the hardtop towards the front of the vehicle and completely close it 474 4 Lock the top latch Ref
367. o enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it If the LATCH lower anchors are not used alone for LATCH style junior seats and infant carriers without tethers always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident See the section on child restraint page 2 18 2 10 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page23 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 23 1 CHp A WARNING Always wear the seat belt with it correctly routed in its guide Wearing a seat belt without the seat belt routed in its guide is dangerous because the seat belt would not be able to provide adequate protection in an accident which could result in serious injury Seat belt guide V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt Lap shoulder belt Seat belt tongue Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound M Seat belt tongue Seat belt buckle A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always mak
368. o operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page301 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 301 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www mazdahandsfree ca 6 79 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page302 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 302 1 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Interior Lights When you need a sunvisor lower it for Y Overhead Light use in front Switch V Vanity Mirrors Position OFF Light off Overhead Light To use the vanity mirror lower the me DOOR lLight is on when any door is open sunvisor ON Light on V Trunk Light Switch Position Trunk Light OFF Light off ON Light on when the trunk is open 6 80 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page303 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 303 1
369. o prevent the passenger air bag from deploying is to use the ignition key to turn it off rather than rely on the passenger seat weight sensors which will also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 18 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Do not use a child restraint system which employs an upper tether because there is no appropriate means to anchor the tether A WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts 2 31 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page44 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 44 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seatin
370. ock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances V Brake Assist with DSC vehicles During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel sofier but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page167 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM V Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a loud screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a
371. ode equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process 5 64 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt Black plate 220 1 A HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 V Gate operator Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the Programming procedures regardless of where you live replace Programming HomeLink step 3 with the following NOTE If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible overheating A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page221 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has successfully been acc
372. off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 52 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things The high beam headlights are on The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position V Shift Position Indicator Light Automatic Transmission This indicates the selected shift position when the ignition is switched ON t 29 UJ D M i Gear position indicator MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page209 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM p Black plate 209 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Gear position indicator The gear position indicator displays the gear in use while in either manual shift or direct mode Y TCS DSC Indicator Light cc This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces
373. olant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance Replace the tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date 8 12 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page349 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM p Black plate 349 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Drive belts I I Engine valve clearance Engine oil Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Engine oil filter COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system Engine coolant FL22 type Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that every 60 000 km or 3 years Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses Y I Hoses and tubes for emission Le I Fuel filter R R
374. old the tire in place 7 13 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page320 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 320 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Removing a Tire 1 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them Place the jack on the ground Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure and adjust the jack head so that it is close to the jack up position counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any until the tire has been raised off the ground Jack head 7 14 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 4 Place the jack under the jack up position closest to the tire being changed with the jack head squarely under the jack up point 5 Continue raising the jack head gradually by rotating the screw with your hand until the jack head is inserted into the jack up position Tire blocks MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page321 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Do not jack up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or place any objects on or under the jack Jacking up the vehicle in a position other tha
375. older down button Random button Type Playable data NOTE Music MP3 WMA CD Music data CD DA The CD will begin playback automatically player e MP3 WMA file after insertion NOTE A CD cannot be inserted while the display Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play 6 50 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F reads WAIT A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD Normal insertion 1 Press the load button LOAD 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page273 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while WAIT is displayed 3 When IN is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple insertion Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD 3 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD
376. omfort Climate Control System A WARNING Do not use the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather Using the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Y Heating 1 Set the mode selector dial to the or i position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the hot position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed NOTE If the windshield fogs up easily set the mode selector dial to the position If cooler air is desired at face level set the mode selector dial at the position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position e Inthesi or WY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield Inthe gt or WY position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode 6 8 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 230 1 Y Cooling With Air Conditioner 1 Set the mode selector dial to the 7 or position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the cold position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desire
377. ong name Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears 6 39 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page262 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System e fthere is no channel name NO TITLE is displayed Category name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in channel name display mode it changes to the category name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the category name The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the category name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press and hold the text button TEXT while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to display the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears If there is no category name NO CATEGORY is displayed e Artist name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in category name display mode i
378. ontrols to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 68 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 72 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks With keyless entry system Retractable type key 6 3 Key code number plate Black plate 87 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Without keyless entry system 6 J Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ring 3 23 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page88 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 88 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button Keyless Entry System with Re
379. operly belted Be alert to the operation of the indicator light and BE SURE THE PASSENGER AIR BAG IS ALWAYS DEACTIVATED AS INDICATED BY PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION INDICATOR LIGHT Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light 2 18 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page31 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 31 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag there are two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag for a child s safety as follows however the surest way to avoid the passenger air bag not deploying is to use the key and turn off the passenger air bag and not rely on the passenger seat weight sensors which will also detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat Passenger air bag deactivation switch This switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system 1f installing a child restraint system on the passenger seat Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position except when a child restraint system is installed on the passenger seat Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Passenger seat weight sensors These sensors deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the passenger air bag deactivation
380. or XXX Ibs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate 9 36 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page433 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 433 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT 9 SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR NOMBRE DEPLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE SIZE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID yiii FROM P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi ui BE VOIR LE MANUEL ARMRE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T125 70D15 420 kPa 60psi GASSEHIE TIRE Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from t
381. or instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page195 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM A Black plate 195 1 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile Average fuel economy display This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute To clear the data being displayed press the selector for more than 1 second After pressing
382. original position Right turn l Right lane change l OFF t Fog light switch Left lane change li Left turn To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the Green indicators on the dashboard show headlight switch to the or OFF which signal is working position Lane change signals NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights Move the lever slightly toward the are set at high beam direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE If an indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out 5 58 Some models AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page215 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Windshield Wipers and METTI a The ignition must be switched ON A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could caus
383. ort press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Command 0123456789 888 555 1212 Call Phrase 1 SuI IA MY A WIN d Black plate 299 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu is announced Y DTMF dual tone multi frequency signal transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance
384. oser to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 22 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 44 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately Y Malfunction Warning Light 9 When the ignition is switched ON the malfunction warning light illuminates and then turns off after a few seconds The light stays on if the brake switch has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
385. oses electrically by operating switches in the vehicle When opening closing the hardtop the hardtop deck and window glass operate together The hardtop is stored in the storage area under the deck Close switch Open switch Indicator light Top latch assembly Some models 3 49 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagell4 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 114 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Power Retractable Hardtop Precautions A WARNING Always confirm that there are no people around the vehicle before operating the hardtop If the hardtop were to operate unexpectedly it could result in an accident and serious injury from someone getting caught in the mechanism Always drive safely and observe the speed limit Rollover accidents on a hardtop vehicle are dangerous The hardtop is not as strong as a regular steel roof Rollover accidents could dislodge or crush the hardtop and cause serious injuries or even death just as with no top Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving Standing in the vehicle or sitting on the deck or center console when the vehicle is moving is a dangerous way to ride During a sudden maneuver or collision you could be seriously injured or even killed Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms when moving the hardtop It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechan
386. our vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements A WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction Do not coast with the ignition switched off Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties NOTE While the engine is off the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard below the trunk however this does not indicate an abnorma
387. ove the key 3 Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light turns off after the ignition is switched ON NOTE With advanced key After operating the passenger air bag deactivation switch put the auxiliary key back into the advanced key 2 46 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page59 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 59 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 30 carefully V Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 38 V Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the passenger seat and moni
388. oy in the event of a side collision Do not place luggage or other objects under the seats Placing luggage or other objects under the seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the seats Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibil
389. passenger seat is occupied and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph the warning light will flash and a beep sound will be heard After a short time the warning light stops flashing but remains illuminated and the beep sound stops Until a seat belt is fastened or a given period of time has elapsed the beep sound will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls below 20 km h 12 mph Form No 8CC1 EA 11F C Black plate 29 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON fa driver or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened after the beep sound turns off warning light remains illuminated and the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph the warning light flashes and beep sound activates again Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that the warning light will not operate
390. plate 416 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 9 20 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page417 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 417 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance V Tread Wear The tread wear grad
391. pressure warning 5 55 Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting in occ 4 5 Before getting in 4 5 Bluetooth Hands Free 6 61 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation essere 6 64 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYS IGIm eere er EHE enn 6 68 Hands Free Telephone Setting 6 73 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service 6 79 Safety certification 6 78 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used identities 6 78 Body Lubrication ssss 8 24 Brake Clutch Elittd s ode 8 22 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 9 Brakes assist ccccsceeseceseeeeees 5 10 Foot brake esses 5 6 Pad wear indicator 5 11 Parking brake ssss 5 7 Warning light ssss 5 8 Break In Period sss 4 6 Bulb Replacement 8 36 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page451 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM C Capacities sys eben 10 5 Carbon Monoxide susss Catalytic Converter sss Cell Phones nettes 9 20 Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 18 Child restraint system installation POSION seen 2 23 LATCH child restraint Systems x ci eer serere 2 27 Climate Control System Gas specifications 10 6 Converti
392. r add fluid 1f necessary Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Use plain water 1f washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing 8 24 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page361 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Wiper Blades A CAUTION Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary V Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand For
393. r go under the vehicle while it is jacked up Going under the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could result in death or serious injury if the vehicle were to fall off the jack 8 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel 7 16 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F ae Black plate 322 1 Y Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove compartment and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut OD To remove an antitheft lug nut Special key 1 Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page323 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM p Form No 8CC1 EA 11F To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold
394. r nonslip material under the rear wheels D Black plate 149 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips NOTE Use snow chains only on the rear wheels 4 7 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page150 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts 4 8 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 150 1 Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire co
395. r vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control RES switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap 5 24 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 180 1 To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and release it immediately RES Cruise control SET switch NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed V To Decrease Cruising Speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the desired speed RES Cruise control SET switch MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel81 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 181 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Your vehicle has a tap down feature that Press the CANCEL switch allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 k
396. rator If you reject the decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action 11 If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program 9 5 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page402 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 402 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada W Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda 1n top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps WSTEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager Y STE
397. rature sensor 6 13 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page236 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System WV AM FM Radio Antenna To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise Make sure the antenna is securely installed Remove A CAUTION To prevent damage to the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance NOTE When leaving your vehicle unattended we recommend that you remove the antenna and store it inside the vehicle 6 14 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 236 1 V Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SIRIUS signals Satellite radio antenna MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page237 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Operating Tips for Audio System A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle CAUTION For the purposes of safe driving adjust the a
398. re unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter both doors will automatically lock if one of the doors is not opened within about 30 seconds 3 25 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page90 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Trunk button To open the trunk press the trunk button for more than 1 second NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid The trunk button is disabled when the trunk lid release lock out button inside the trunk is in the OFF position Refer to Remote Trunk Lid Release Lock Out on page 3 34 Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the trunk lid is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur
399. re using multiple tools at the same time and a certain level of technical expertise In addition holding your body extended over the car can result in muscle strains so Mazda recommends having the hardtop checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Use a suitable means of illumination such as a flashlight to improve visibility under the deck lid when performing this task Before closing manually Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transmission in Park P a manual transmission in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Switch the ignition off while depressing the brake pedal 4 Turn on the hazard warning flasher if it 1s needed 3 56 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 120 1 A WARNING Verify that the ignition is switched off before manually operating the hardtop Manually retracting the hardtop with the ignition not switched off is dangerous as the retractor motors could turn on suddenly and cause injury resulting from hands or fingers being pinched in the mechanism Manual closing Tool preparation Locate the following tools in the glove box Refer to Tool Storage on page 7 5 Allen wrench Eyebolt Rope U Opening the deck 1 Remove the antenna if it is installed Refer to AM FM Radio Antenna on page 6 14 A CAUTION Do the procedure with the antenna remov
400. ress and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page271 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 271 1 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service 6 49 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page272 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Cp Black plate 272 1 Y Operating the In Dash CD Changer Channel preset buttons CD slot CD play button Repeat button Load button Disc up Folder up button Display CD eject button Ceman f sms JA co f Au 7j LE ORIA MPs 7 Seas f SN Gre gt secx Tmac O Text button Channel Scan button Play Pause button preset buttons Track down Reverse button Track up Fast forward button Disc down F
401. rning light red will flash continuously when the ignition has not been switched off to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle The ignition has not been switched off the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 3 times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the ignition is switched to ACC and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the ignition Is not switched off The ignition has not been switched off and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 6 times NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area within the vehicle V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep If the request switch for a front door is pressed under the following conditions while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that the front doors cannot be locked A door is open door ajar included 3 19 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page84 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda d Black plate 84 1 Advance
402. rotection of various circuits 7 HEATER 40A Air conditioner 8 ABS 30A ABS 9 FOG 15A Front fog lights 10 R FOG 11 RHTL 30A Power retractable hardtop LH 12 RHTR 30A Power retractable hardtop RH 13 MAG 7 5A lAirconditioner 14 ST 20A Starter 15 TAIL 15A Taillights Parking lights License plate lights Illumination 16 ABS 40A ABS Some models 8 47 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page384 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Black plate 384 1 d DESCRIPTION ate PROTECTED COMPONENT 17 BTN 30A For protection of various circuits 18 MAIN 120A For protection of all circuits 19 EGI INJ 10 A Injector 20 EGI COMP1 10 A Engine control system 21 EGI COMP2 10 A Engine control system 22 HEADLOWL ISA Headlight low beam LH 23 HEAD LOW R ISA Headlight low beam RH 24 HEAD ISA Headlight high beams 25 P WIND 20 A Power windows 26 ENGINE ISA Engine control system 2 WIPER 20A Windshield wipers and washer 28 DRL 15A DRL 29 HORN 15A Hon 30 STOP 10 A Brake lights 31 ETV 10A Electric throttle valve 32 FUEL PUMP 15A Fuel Pump 33 HAZARD 10A Turn signals Hazard warning flashers 34 P WIND2 20A Power windows 35 IG KEYI 40A For protection of various circuits 8 48 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page38
403. s in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they open the window without your knowing the open windows are an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked The windows can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle Press once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold the unlock button on the transmitter After the doors are unlocked both windows open while the unlock button is pressed To stop the windows while opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows open NOTE The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially A Black plate 103 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Advanced key Lock button Unlock button Trunk button Panic button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Panic button Trunk button 3 39 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F i MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel04 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 104 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap Y Fuel filler Did The remote fuel filler lid release is A WARNING mounted in the seat side box When removing the fuel filler cap To open the seat side box unlock it and loosen the cap slightly and wait for any pull the release catch hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and caus
404. s brake life 5 20 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 176 1 Y Direct Mode Direct mode can be used for temporarily switching gears by operating the steering shift switch while the vehicle is being driven with the selector lever in the D range While in direct mode the D and M indicator lights illuminate and the gear position in use is illuminated Direct mode is canceled released under the following conditions The vehicle is driven at a constant speed The needle in the tachometer approaches the red zone The vehicle is driven at a constant speed and the accelerator pedal is heavily depressed The vehicle is stopped or moving at a slow speed 2 9 fo Og D M Direct mode indicator Gear position indicator MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel77 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 177 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE Descending steep grades Shifting up and down while in direct mode may When descending a steep grade shift to not be possible depending on the vehicle lower gears depending on load weight speed In addition because direct mode is and grade steepness Descend slowly canceled released depending on the rate of using the brakes only occasionally to acceleration or if the accelerator is fully prevent them from overheating depressed use of the manual shift mode is recommended if you need to drive
405. s are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver N UN When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 2 88 3 MHz Station 1 88 1 MHz o Black plate 239 1 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed Do not spill any liquid on the audio system Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 17 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page240 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never b
406. s difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 When illuminated A key from another manufacturer When the start knob is pushed in from the similar to the advanced key is in the OFF LOCK position the system confirms operational range that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the start knob can be turned to the ACC position page 3 11 When flashing When the advanced key battery power is low the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob 1s turned from the ON position to the ACC or OFF LOCK position Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable page 3 7 5 51 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page208 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda d Black plate 208 1 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Setting Change Function Customization on page 3 21 V Security Indicator Light eii This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition 1s switched from ON to ACC and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns
407. s harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly Never add fuel system additives Otherwise the emission control system could be damaged Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 1096 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 4 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel45 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 145 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables y
408. scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 269 1 Interior Comfort Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly After TRACK RPT is displayed RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly After FOLDER RPT is displayed F RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 47 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page270 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playbac
409. se new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 64 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 72 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft 3 2 Some models A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page67 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 67 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Lock button Unlock button Trunk button Panic button Operation indicator light Auxiliary key O j Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with th
410. severe frontal near frontal collisions V Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 36 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page49 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 49 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Passenger Air Bag The passenger air bag is mounted in the passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 40 In addition the passenger air bag 1s designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat For details refer to the driver and passenger occupant classification system page 2 47 2 37 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page50 Monday July 18 2011 10 7
411. sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 4 12 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel55 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 155 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing The Mazda MX 5 is not designed for towing Never tow a trailer with your Mazda MX 5 4 13 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel56 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 156 1 4 14 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel57 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 157 1 Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving eee eee eee eese eese seen etna tn neun Tenitiom Switch RR ERE en ES Starting the Engine sse Turning the Engine Off ssssssssssssseeereee Brake System de etie ee eie eh ds Manual Transmission Operation sese Automatic Transmission Controls esses Power Steering cepe aee ORT ORE Crise Controls aree is oed fe cds ot nec M se Traction Control System TCS sssi Dynamic Stability Con
412. should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 12 in this booklet 9 42 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page439 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 439 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety De
413. sition 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed A WARNING Do not defog the windshield using the GW position with the temperature control set to the cold position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when using the GV position D Black plate 231 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE e For maximum defrosting set the temperature control dial to the extreme hot position and turn the fan control dial fully clockwise e f warm air is desired at the floor set the mode selector dial to the position e Inthe 4 gt or WY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield Inthe gt or S amp position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Dehumidifying With Air Conditioner Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold weather to help defog the windshield and side windows 1 Set the mode selector dial to the desired position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan con
414. sories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A returning the seat to its original position make sure the seat is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and backward A CAUTION Do not store excessive weight in the bach trim storage box as it could be damaged WV Mesh Pocket Maps or pamphlets can be placed in the mesh pocket Mesh pocket CAUTION Do not place thick objects in the mesh pochet as they could damage the pocket 6 83 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page306 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Interior Equipment A CAUTION To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket Depending on the device connected to the accessory socket the vehicle s electrical system may be affected which could cause the warning light to illuminate Disconnect the connected device and make sure that the problem is resolved If the problem is resolved disconnect the device from the socket and switch the ignition off If the problem is
415. ss 3 41 HOth enirn tette en 5 61 11 4 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 452 1 I Ignition Keys auda 3 23 SWICl oe ode tete 5 2 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key 3 64 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 3 68 Indicator Lights ss 5 42 Crises nanositi 5 54 DSC ORF cepere 5 53 Headlight high beam 5 52 IGE Yc cht teta tan Ate ai 5 50 SeGUFILY a reris 5 52 Shift position sss 5 52 TCS DSC 2 i eode 5 53 Turn signal hazard warning 5 54 Inside Trunk Release Lever 3 35 Instrument Cluster 5 37 Int rior Care iia de de 8 58 Interior Lights sss 6 80 J Jump Starting essssssess 7 22 K Keyless Entry System 3 24 I E 3 23 L Label Information 10 2 Lane Change Signals 5 58 Light Bulbs Replacement sss 8 36 Specifications sss 10 6 Lighting Control ss 5 56 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page453 Monday July 18 2011 10 10 AM L Lubricant Quality M Maintenance Introduction eees Owner maintenance precautions sss Owner maintenance schedule Scheduled sssssss Manual Tr
416. ss entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 04 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RLVMASKO08 1121 UAE Approved by TRA 3 29 Pp Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page94 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowi
417. ss the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B 6 Say Beep 2 Say the priority number for the mobile phone to be used as first priority 6 74 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 296 1 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex phone B Registered phone tag selected is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex phone B Phone tag will temporarily override phone priorities returning to main menu Registered mobile phone deletion Registered mobile phones can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Do you want to pair a phone delete a phone or li
418. sscode It will be required to use this system lt d 1 Black plate 297 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 9 Prompt Passcode XXXX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled returning to main menu Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode I Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue Say Beep XX XX Say the set passcode PCode If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Phone tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press Say Beep Setup Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 6 75 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page298 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Interior Comfort Blu
419. st names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phone book Press the voice recognition hands free switch during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it Continue Continues the voice guidance e Call Calls the registered phone number Edit Edits the registered phone number Delete Deletes the registered phone number Previous Returns to the previous phone number Cancel Returns to main menu e 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page295 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 Prompt Returning to main menu Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 295 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Hands Free Telephone Setting Y Mobile phone Mobile phone registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands Free preparation page 6 64 Registered mobile phone read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the mobile phones registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice reco
420. st paired phones NOTE A registered mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete phone 7 Prompt Please say 1 priority 1 for XXXXX Ex phone A 2 priority 2 for XXXXX Ex phone B The voice guidance reads out each phone in the order of priority and the phone tag A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page297 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 8 Say Beep 2 Say the order of priority of the mobile phone to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all mobile phones 9 Prompt Removing XXXXX Ex phone B Registered phone tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted V Security setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this pa
421. sulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape Never disassemble Never throw the battery into fire or water Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low The KEY indicator light green flashes Form No 8CC1 EA 11F in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced ae Black plate 69 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the advanced key If replacing the battery by yourself follow the instruction below Replacing the advanced key battery 1 Pull out the auxiliary key 2 Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the groove shown in the figure and rotate the screwdriver to open the cover slightly MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page70 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 70 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert the small flathead screwdriver 5 Insert a new battery with the positive into the gap between the cover and the pole facing up and then cover the transmitter and then rotate the battery with the battery cap screwdriver to detach
422. sure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts 8 2 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page339 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 339 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or o
423. sure sensor ID signal code registration When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been changed switch the ignition ON then back to ACC or OFF 2 Wait for about 15 minutes p Black plate 191 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replac
424. switch Driver seat slide position sensor Front passenger seat weight sensors Front passenger seat weight sensor control module The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven V Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e e e e o The air bag system warning light flashes The air bag system warning light remains illuminated The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON The air bags have deployed Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart or when you manually deactivate the passenger air bag with the key For more details about passenger air bag deactivation refer to Passenger seat weight sensors page 2 47 Passenger air bag deactivation switch page 2 43 Some models 2 51 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page64 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 64 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any co
425. system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels 9 35 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page432 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 432 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment j PAYLOAD Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg
426. t 12 Attach the sticker that indicates completion of the tire repair on a flat outer surface of the repaired tire 7 10 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt Black plate 316 1 A NOTE Do not throw away the empty tire sealant bottle after use Return the empty tire sealant bottle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when replacing the tire The empty tire sealant bottle will need to be used to extract and dispose of the used sealant from the tire 13 Attach the vehicle speed restriction sticker in a place where the driver can easily see it AWARNING Do not attach the vehicle speed restriction sticker to the instrument panel as it would obstruct vision of areas such as warning light indicators or the speedometer Attaching the vehicle speed restriction sticker to the steering wheel pad is dangerous The sticker could interfere with air bag inflation and cause serious injury MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page317 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 14 Install the compressor hose to the tire valve Valve Compressor hose 15 Insert the compressor plug into the interior accessory socket and switch the ignition to ACC page 6 83 rca LS Compressor plug Center console A CAUTION Before pulling out the compressor plug from the electrical sochet make sure the compressor power switch is off The compressor turns on and off with the push button switch 16 Turn the
427. t ZS ee Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear After adjusting the mirror lock the control window by placing the selector switch in the Manual day night mirror center position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle IO ae A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident 3 75 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page140 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the day night lever in the day position Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from cars at the rear Day Night lever SSS et VJ uL JA Night Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glare of headlights from cars at the rear when the ignition is switched ON 3 76 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 140 1 Press the OFF button O to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON button The indi
428. t High Low Beam Press the lever forward to turn on the high beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams High beam Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the headlight switch does not need to be on The lever will return to the normal position when released Flashing V Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition is switched ON NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied 5 57 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page214 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 214 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Fog Lights Signals Use this switch to turn on the fog lights The fog lights will help you to see as well Turn Signals as be seen under foggy conditions or at Move the signal lever down for a left night turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog the turn is completed light switch to the 0 position The headlight switch must be in the 20 If the indicator light continues to flash position before turning on the fog lights after a turn manually return the lever to its
429. t changes to the artist name display mode 6 40 Black plate 262 1 To display the rest of the characters of the artist s name press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the artist name the display automatically return to display the first part of the artist s name fthere is no artist s name NO ARTIST is displayed Song title display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in artist name display mode it changes to the song title display mode To display the rest of the characters of the song title press and hold the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next ten characters Press and hold the text button TEXT again after the last ten characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three more seconds after scrolling the song title the display automatically returns to display the first part of the song title e fthere is no song title NO SONG is displayed INFO such as composer s name display When the text button TEXT is pressed while in song title display mode it changes to the INFO display mode Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page263 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM To display the rest of the c
430. t could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Always mahe sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated when using a rear facing child restraint system Seating a child in a rear facing child restraint system that is installed on the passenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is extremely dangerous In an accident an air bag could inflate and cause serious injuries or even death to the child seated in the rear facing child restraint system Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminated using the key to turn the passenger air bag off Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2 43 Refer to Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 47 2 20 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page33 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 33 1 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Seating a child in a child restraint system on the passenger seat is dangerous under certain conditions This vehicle is equipped with both a passenger seat weight sensor and a passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 47 Even with the passenger seat weight sensors seati
431. t service technician do the work A WARNING AR Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it ems Always wear eye protection when worhing near the battery Worhing without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention e Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the shin amp Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When worhing near a battery do not allow metal tools to cont
432. t sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R 6 19 AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page242 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction V Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems
433. t tire repair kit page 7 7 CAUTION Do not use non genuine tire sealant It may damage the tire pressure sensor Vehicles with optional temporary spare tire If you have bought the optional temporary spare tire replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire Refer to the manufacturer s instructions Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Flat Tire Warning Light FLAT TIRE This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON 5 34 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F CHp Black plate 190 1 Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds If the tire pressures decrease extremely after the TPMS warning light has illuminated or if a tire is punctured the flat tire warning light also illuminates and a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Vehicle with run flat tires on page 7 3 V System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors When a metallic device such as a non genuine navigation system is equipped near the center of the dashboard which may block radio signals from th
434. t uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a year is recommended e Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains e Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains If the seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration such as hardening and shrinkage Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperature becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhere to the genuine leather Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page395 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F
435. tenance and Care Owner Maintenance Rear turn signal lights Reverse lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Rear side marker lights Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Rear turn signal lights Reverse lights Brake lights Taillights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the applicable light switch is off 2 Lift the trunk 3 Pull the center section of the plastic retainers and remove them then remove the trunk end trim 8 41 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page378 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 378 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Remove the trunk lid release lock out Rear turn signal lights button connector 6 On the side the bulb is to be replaced pull the center section of the plastic retainers and remove them then remove the trunk side trim 7 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 8 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 8 42 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page379 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer License plate lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch 1s off 2 Lift the trunk 3 Slide the light to the l
436. teps 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the fuse block cover 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal 8 45 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page382 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 382 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 4 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed 8 46 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page383 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 383 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment DESCRIPTION UN G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 FAN 30A Cooling fan 2 FAN 7 5 Cooling fan 3 DEFOG 20A Rear window defroster 4 H CLEAN 5 ROOM 15A c E T light For protection of 6 IG KEY2 15A For p
437. ter for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Battery Replacement page 3 7 3 Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the OFF LOCK A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK 3 14 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F NOTE When switching the ignition to OFF LOCK the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the ACC position and turned Without being pushed in the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK If the vehicle is left with the ignition not switched to OFF LOCK a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver Refer to Warning Beep page 3 19 A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page79 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 79 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Transmitter Operation Using Advanced Key Functions Lock button Operation indicator light Ei HOLI V Keyless Entry System Unlock button This system uses the more traditional keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and opens the trunk lid and opens the power windows It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOT
438. th this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 39 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page436 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 436 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage The GCW must never exceed the GCWR A WARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 40 H Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page437 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 437 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Steps for Deter
439. the cover 6 Close the cover 4 Remove the battery cap then remove the battery 7 Reinsert the auxiliary key 3 6 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page71 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 71 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION Operation Using Advanced Be careful not to allow the rubber Keyless Functions ring shown in the figure to be scratched or damaged V Operational Range Ifthe rubber ring detaches reattach it before inserting a new The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational battery range while the advanced key is being carried Rubber ring NOT When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors The operational range for locking unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the door handles V Service Exterior transmitter If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key at inoperative C Operational range A CAUTION NOTE n 2 r y The system may not operate
440. the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise Y Mounting the Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the tire Black plate 323 1 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary A Turn the jack handle counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown 7 17 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page324 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emerg
441. the level The level is normal if it is between Low and Full If it is near or below Low add enough oil to bring the level to Full A CAUTION Do not add engine oil over Full This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick The distance between Low and Full on the dipstick represents the following Oil capacity L US qt Imp qt 0 75 0 79 0 66 8 19 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page356 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Coolant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it er Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling an f Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i tt Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coo
442. the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 6 4 completely right for maximum heating When the mode is set to 4 4 amp 4 or 74 AUTO position with the fan control dial in a position other The airflow mode automatically adjusts to than 0 and the temperature control dial in the selected temperature the maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air Except AUTO position mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to turn it off The desired airflow position can be selected by turning the dial NOTE Fan control dial With the airflow mode set to i position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents A C switch This dial allows variable fan speeds AUTO position The amount of airflow will be automatically controlled in accordance with the set temperature 6 11 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page234 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Climate Control System With the fan control dial ON press the A C switch to select the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions on or off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Outside or recirculated air positions can
443. the previous one is input first Registered ID code input 1 Press and hold the scan button SCAN then press channel preset button 5 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input 4 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SRI 2323 is displayed Press 1 for the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the last digit For example if your number is 2323 press 1 three times includes 0 2 four times 3 three times and 4 four times If the display goes off while inputting begin from Step 1 NOTE The registered ID code is the default 0000 at the time of factory shipment If 0000 results in Err on the display go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset to 0000 Verification with the registered ID code 5 Determine the input code by pressing the scan button SCAN 6 If it does not match with the previously registered code SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page265 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 7 If it matches with the previously registered code ENTER PIN appears again and it switches to code input mod
444. the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback 6 52 CHp Black plate 274 1 NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly After TRACK RPT is displayed RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly After FOLDER RPT is displayed F RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page275 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM lt During
445. the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 60 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page283 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Bluetooth Hands Free V What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped mobile telephone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the voice recognition hands free switch located on the steering wheel and saying the voice commands A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Perform
446. the vehicle in a particular gear for long periods V Driving Tips A WARNING Do not allow the vehicle to move in reverse on an up slope while the selector lever is in a forward gear position or move forward on a down slope while the selector lever is in the reverse position Otherwise the engine will stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transmission will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating 5 21 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page178 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine 1s off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with t
447. ther corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals eeeeeeee A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page340 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 340 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 Maintenance Interval ENGINE Drive belts I Eneinswalve Clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy 8 adjust Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after typ that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant f Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Fuel lines and hoses Hoses and tubes
448. ting and Driving If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system 5 10 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F d Black plate 166 1 A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could l
449. ting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Phone book 3 Prompt Select one of the following new entry edit list names delete or erase all or say cancel to return to main menu 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say List names or say cancel to return to main menu 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phone book 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Pager 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Pager 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please p Black plate 293 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 666 1234 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 666 1234 The new phone
450. tion To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance Cor Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following Incorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 7 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness 9 32 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page429 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 429 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side With limited slip differential Don t use the following Tires not of the designated size Tires of different sizes or types at the same time Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good
451. tion This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help p Black plate 257 1 Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus all your favorite sports news talk and entertainment Everything worth listening to is now on SIRIUS 100 Commercial free Music With music from every genre artist dedicated channels live performances and more SIRIUS is the home of 100 commercial free music Live Sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk Hear every NFL game every NASCAR race and college sports coverage from over 150 schools Plus 24 7 sports talk with channels lik
452. tion or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page259 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM UPDATING xx is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed UPDATING is displayed Updating could take as long as three minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates UPDATING 100 If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed after UPDATING is displayed After the initialization display it may take as long as 12 seconds to receive channel 184 NOTE Do not perform the following operation while UPDATING is displayed Otherwise the updating procedure will be cancelled Turning off the audio power Switching to other modes Switching the ignition off When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel Turn the knob clockwise Channel Up Turn the knob counterclockwise Channel Down Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribed to the display indicates the following CALL 888
453. to the instructions included in the emergency flat tire repair kit If an emergency repair was performed on a flat tire using the emergency flat tire repair kit have an Authorized Mazda Dealer repair or replace the tire as soon as possible In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V About the IMS Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit The IMS emergency flat tire repair kit includes the following items 19 Tire sealant Compressor Injection hose s goo Spare valve Nalve core nre tire core tool sticker gt Instructions Speed restriction Case sticker A WARNING Do not allow children to touch the tire sealant Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous In the event tire sealant is accidentally swallowed drink large amounts of water immediately and seek medical assistance Do not allow children to touch the tire sealant Tire sealant that comes into contact with the eyes and shin is dangerous If tire sealant enters the eyes or contacts the skin flush immediately with large amounts of water and seek medical assistance Some models 7 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page314 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE The tire sealant cannot be reused Purchase new tire sealant at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The emergency flat tire repair kit cannot be used in the following cases Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The period of effective use for the tire s
454. to the slot and gently pry open the transmitter Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 23 3 27 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page92 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard If it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter 3 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Black plate 92 1 V Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment AH MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page93 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 93 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Declaration of Conformity Keyle
455. ton ESN is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer a 12 digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner is displayed If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN FAIL is displayed after pressing the ESN button ESN for 1 5 seconds or longer contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SAT mode and tuned to channel 184 Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit 6 36 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 258 1 SIRIUS radio mode selection When the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off When the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received Every time the satellite button SIRIUS is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SRI 95 SR2 9 SR3 NOTE SRI SR2 and SR3 six stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in the initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condi
456. tor the seat belt buckle for the passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the passenger air bag the system deactivates the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy 2 47 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page60 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 60 1 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision
457. tractable Type Key This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and opens the power windows It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet Disassemble the transmitter Expose the transmitter to any hind of magnetic field Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 fi from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the key is in the ignition switch If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 27 Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required 3 24 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page89 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F V Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Trunk
458. trical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side CAUTION Limited Slip Differential system don t use the following Tires not of the designated size Tires of different sizes or types at the same time Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Replace all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time 8 32 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt A Black plate 368 1 CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Ref
459. trol DSC s s s Tire Pressure Monitoring System sss Instrument Cluster and Indicators eeeeeeeees 5 37 Meters and Gauges esee nav ede e 5 37 Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds 5 42 Warning Indicator Lights sse 5 42 Beep Sounds niet RN Here dei 5 54 Switches and Controls eee eee essi 5 56 Lighting Controle REPOS RR ee ee 5 56 Turn and Lane Change Signals sssssssssss 5 58 Tos DIS ede e a Betas E EAS CD 5 58 Windshield Wipers and Washer see 5 59 Rear Window Defroster essen 5 60 HOM EE 5 61 Hazard Warning Flasher sse 5 61 HomeLink Wireless Control System ses 5 62 Some models 5 1 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page158 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch Auxiliary key with advanced key NOTE When starting the engine using the advanced key refer to Starting the Engine page 3 11 When starting the engine with the auxiliary key perform the following procedure 1 Remove the auxiliary key from the advanced key page 3 18 2 Make sure the start knob is in OFF LOCK position 3 Remove the start knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides Cx Teen 4 Insert
460. trol dial to the desired speed 5 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch NOTE One of the functions of the air conditioner is dehumidifying the air and to use this function the temperature does not have to be set to cold Therefore set the temperature control dial to the desired position hot or cold and turn on the air conditioner when you want to dehumidify the cabin air Some models 6 9 2 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page232 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 232 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Automatic Type Type A Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector A C switch Type B Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector AIC switch 6 10 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page233 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 233 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Control Switches Except AUTO position Temperature control dial The airflow amount can be adjusted to the desired level by turning the dial OFF position To turn off the system set the dial to OFF Mode selector dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold NOTE Turn the dial completely left to set the temperature to maximum cooling and Turn
461. trol system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions A passenger is speaking Driving with the window and or the moonroof open Driving on bumpy roads Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as 1f speaking to another person d Black plate 285 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment page 6 76 Please be aware that the voice recognition may still make an error despite following the above points V Function restrictions while using Bluetooth Hands Free Some functions are limited while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used They include Beep sound and voice gu
462. u Y Voice recognition learning function Speaker enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quiet a place as possible page 6 63 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below 1 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the phone button when you are ready to begin Press and hold the phone button to cancel at any time 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page299 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM 4 Press the voice recognition hands free switch with a sh
463. udio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running e Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged o Black plate 237 1 Interior Comfort Audio System V Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM N amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles 6 15 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page238 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Interior Comfort Audio System Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot
464. uld overheat and explode This could cause serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transmission failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 D to R MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel151 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Winter Driving Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 20 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 23 Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P with an automatic transmission and to or R with a manual transmission Block the rear wheels Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking Braking performance can be adversely affected 1f
465. unted inside the trunk OFF position With advanced key With the switch in the ON position the remote trunk lid release button can be operated 2 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page99 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM lt With the switch in the OFF position the remote release button cannot be operated To open the trunk lid when the switch is in the OFF position do one of the following Press the request switch on the trunk lid Press the trunk button on the transmitter Open the trunk with the auxiliary key Without advanced key With the switch in the ON position the remote trunk lid release button and the trunk button on the transmitter can be operated With the switch in the OFF position the remote release button or the trunk button on the transmitter cannot be operated To open the trunk lid when the switch is in the OFF position open the trunk with the key A Black plate 99 1 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Inside Trunk Release Lever Your vehicle is equipped with an inside trunk release lever that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk No matter how careful adults might be with keys and locking their cars parents should be aware that children may be tempted to play around vehicles and use the trunk as a hiding place Adults are advised to familiarize themselves
466. urn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant reservoir level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses 7 19 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page326 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM In Case of an Emergency Overheating If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer Cooling system cap Ks Coolant reservoir If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 20 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 20 Form N
467. ve the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard Removal 8 38 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F D Black plate 374 1 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector rear A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page375 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 375 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 7 Remove the adapter 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 8 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Fog light bulbs 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off remove it Carefully remove the bulb and the headlight switch is off from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out 2 Turn the screws and the center section ofthe socket of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then partially peel back the mudguard Removal Installation 39 5 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Front side marker lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch 1s off Some models 8 39 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page376 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care
468. warning lights do not flash if both the doors are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 3 15 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page80 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Knowing Your Mazda Black plate 80 1 d Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Both doors cannot be locked when either door is open Confirm that both doors are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock both doors press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that both doors are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights only flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 72 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter both doors will automaticall
469. wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected lt Form No 8CC1 EA 11F ae Black plate 367 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Tire Rotation A WARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires according to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 During rotation inspect them for correct balance NOTE Because your vehicle is not equipped with a spare tire you cannot do a tire rotation safely with the jack that comes with your vehicle Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform tire rotation I A OI re Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following Incorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking 8 31 Some models MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page368 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 7 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymme
470. will be heard when the driver s door is opened V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the start knob is in the ACC position the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 19 overrides the lights on reminder MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page211 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 211 1 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep ig The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds if the tire pressures decrease If the tire pressure decreases extremely a beep sound will be heard for approximately 30 seconds Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System on page 5 30 V Advanced Keyless Warning with Advanced Key Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on page 3 19 Some models 5 55 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page212 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 212 1 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off N
471. xiting the curve If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the selector lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When this occurs AAS mode will maintain the transmission in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transmission is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality V Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever S 16 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F lt o Black plate 172 1 NOTE When the ignition is switched off LOCK the shift lever cannot be shifted from P To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P With Advanced Key The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF when the shift lever is not in P V Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transmission vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the rear wheels much like a manual transmission when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transmission To return to automatic shift
472. y When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming A WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Maintenance and Care Appearance Care When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the ve
473. y 18 2011 10 9 AM A CAUTION Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when using the device with it connected to the accessory socket equipped on the vehicle If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected Usea commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack e With regard to connecting a portable audio or similar device to a power source use the battery for the device not the accessory socket Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To listen to a portable audio unit 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Insert the connection plug into the auxiliary jack 3 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Cp Black plate 281 1 Interior Comfort Audio System 4 Press the AUX button A
474. y damage the seat surface and the heater Some models 2 5 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel8 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 18 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE Use the seat warmer when the engine is running and do not continue to use it for a long period of time 2 6 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Pagel9 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 19 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and passenger always wear seat belts All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap shoulder belts out of the way when not in use The driver s seat belt has no provisions for child restraint systems and has only an emergency locking mode The driver may wear it comfortably and it will lock during a collision However the passenger s seat lap shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes emergency locking mode and for child restraint systems automatic locking mode Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for securing the LATCH child restraint system in the passenger seat but there is no child restraint tether available As there is no rear seat on this vehicle the preferred location for children following the manufacturer s instructions on the LATCH child restraint system and this owner s
475. y lock and the hazard warning light will flash if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pressed 3 16 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F Trunk button To open the trunk press the trunk button for more than 1 second NOTE With power retractable hardtop The trunk lid can only be opened when the power retractable hardtop is fully opened closed Open close the power retractable hardtop completely before opening the trunk lid Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether either door is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash NOTE However if the driver is too close to the vehicle the panic button may not function Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page81 Monday July 18 2011 10 7 AM Black plate 81 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced
476. y to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer WSTEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER WSTEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 9 2 A Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page399 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 399 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you ef
477. y when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 27 AH Form No 8CC1 EA 11F MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page364 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 364 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries 8 28 Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page365 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Black plate 365 1 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE e Remove the rubber hose first and then battery cover before performing battery maintenance CZA l Battery cover a Before installing the battery cover make sure both of the cables connecting the negative battery terminal right side of battery are connected with the cables routed toward the right and back of the battery as shown in the figure V Battery Maintenance To
478. your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes and clutch inspected Low brake clutch fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap CAUTION gt Brake and clutch fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake or clutch fluid does get on a painted surface wash it off with water immediately gt Using nonspecified brake and clutch fluids page 10 4 will damage the systems Mixing different fluids will also damage them If the brake clutch system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page359 Monday July 18 2011 10 9 AM Power Steering Fluid V Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necessary it does not require periodic changing The leve
479. ystem becomes inoperative the TCS DSC and the DSC OFF indicator lights illuminate simultaneously In this case turn off the engine and restart it to restore the TCS DSC Form No 8CC1 EA 11F A Black plate 185 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 5 29 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition2 Page186 Monday July 18 2011 10 8 AM Black plate 186 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly 5 30 Some models Form No 8CC1 EA 11F 1 MX 5 8CCI EA 11F Edition

Mazda MX-5 Owner's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents